AA ADM 2015 Aluminium Desig Manual
AA ADM 2015 Aluminium Desig Manual
$395.00
ISBN 978-0-9863631-0-8
59999>
9 780986 363108
Copyright The Aluminum Association Inc.
Provided by IHS under license with AA Sold to:Bombardier Transportation, 865458
Part Title
Foreword
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Specification for Aluminum Structures
Design Guide
Material Properties
Section Properties
Design Aids
Illustrative Examples
SI Guide
Index
The Aluminum Design Manual includes an aluminum structural design specification and accompanying commentary, a
supplemental design guide, material properties, properties of common shapes, design aid tables, illustrative design examples,
and guidelines for aluminum sheet metal used in construction.
This edition of the Aluminum Design Manual is the product of the efforts of the Aluminum Association Engineering and
Design Task Force, whose members are listed below.
The Aluminum Design Manual is offered as a guideline only and The Aluminum Association, Aluminum Association’s
Engineering and Design Task Force and members thereof assume no responsibility or liability whatsoever for any information
contained herein and make no representation, warranty expressed or implied, or guarantee whatsoever as to the accuracy
of the information or the applicability of such information with respect to the design, engineering or construction of any
structure. The use of this Manual by members and non-members of The Aluminum Association is voluntary and the issuance
or existence of this Manual does not in any respect prevent or restrict any member or non-member from manufacturing,
designing, supplying, constructing, or using products not in conformance with this Manual.
Please check www.aluminum.org for postings of 2015 Aluminum Design Manual errata.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
PART I
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
FOREWORD
The first edition of the Specification for Aluminum Structures was published in November, 1967, followed by subsequent
editions in 1971, 1976, 1982, 1986, 1994, 2000, 2005, 2010, and 2015. This 10th edition of the Specification, developed as a
consensus document, includes new or revised provisions concerning
The Aluminum Association gratefully acknowledges the efforts of the Engineering Advisory Committee in developing
the Specification.
Steve Sunday, Alcoa Inc., Chair Robert E. Abendroth, Iowa State University
Tony Anderson, ITW Welding North America Joseph Bowman, Hapco American Flag
Frank Armao, Lincoln Electric Co. Terence Cavanagh, TJC and Associates, Inc.
Tanya Dolby, Kawneer Company, Inc. Karen C. Chou, Northwestern University
Randy Kissell, The TGB Partnership Cynthia Ebert, Larson Engineering, Inc.
George Olive, Enclos Corp. Michael Feldberg, Valmont Industries, Inc.
Gerald Orrison, CST Covers Andrew J. Hinkle, Wyle
Teoman Peköz, Cornell University James LaBelle, Computerized Structural Design
Frank Shoup, Alcoa Inc. LeRoy Lutz, Computerized Structural Design
Robert W. Walton, Consultant Ken Walerius, Permasteelisa North America
Ronald D. Ziemian, Bucknell University
John Weritz, The Aluminum Association, Inc.
Technical inquiries to obtain an interpretation or request a revision to the Specification for Aluminum Structures should be
directed to:
Comments on other parts of the Aluminum Design Manual are also welcome.
Inquiries should include the inquirer's name, affiliation, and address. Each inquiry should address a single section of the
Specification unless the inquiry involves two or more interrelated sections. The section and edition of the Specification should
be identified.
Requests for interpretations should be phrased, where possible, to permit a "yes" or "no" answer and include the necessary
background information, including figures where appropriate.
Requests for revisions should include proposed wording for the revision and technical justification.
Inquiries are considered at the first meeting of the Engineering and Design Task Force following receipt of the inquiry.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
B.5 ELEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
B.5.1 Width of Flat Elements and Stiffeners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
B.5.2 Radius of Curved Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
B.5.3 Thickness of Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
B.5.4 Strength of Elements in Uniform Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
B.5.4.1 Flat Elements Supported on One Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
B.5.4.2 Flat Elements Supported on Both Edges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
B.5.4.3 Flat Elements Supported on One Edge and with a Stiffener on the Other Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
B.5.4.4 Flat Elements Supported on Both Edges and with an Intermediate Stiffener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
B.5.4.5 Round Hollow Elements and Curved Elements Supported on Both Edges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
B.5.4.6 Direct Strength Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
B.5.5 Strength of Elements in Flexural Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
B.5.5.1 Flat Elements Supported on Both Edges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
B.5.5.2 Flat Elements Supported on Tension Edge, Compression Edge Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
B.5.5.3 Flat Elements Supported on Both Edges and with a Longitudinal Stiffener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Chapter I Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter K Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix 2 Reserved. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I - 10 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Af = area of the member farther than 2c/3 from the neutral ling (Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, B.5.4.4, E.2, F.4)
axis, where c is the distance from the neutral axis Cd = brace coefficient (6.3.1.1, 6.3.1.2)
to the extreme compression fiber (F.4) Cf = coefficient used to determine the allowable stress
Ag = gross cross-sectional area (B.5.4, D.2, E.2, E.2.2, range for fatigue (Table 3.2, 3.2, 3.3)
E.3.1, E.3.2, E.4, H.2, J.7.1, J.7.2) Cn = correction factor for the number of tests (1.3.2)
Agc = gross cross sectional area of the element in com- Cp = buckling constant intersection for uniform compres-
pression (B.5.5) sion in flat elements (Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, B.5.4.1,
Agt = gross cross sectional area of the element in tension B.5.5.5, F.5)
(J.7.3) Cpov = coefficient for determining the pull-over strength of a
Agv = gross area in shear (J.7.3) screw (J.5.4.2)
Ai = area of element i (E.3.1) Cs = buckling constant intersection for shear in flat
AL = cross-sectional area of the longitudinal stiffener elements (Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, G.2, G.3, G.4,
(B.5.5.3) H.2.1)
An = net area (D.3.1, D.3.2, G.2, G.3, G.4, G.5, J.7.1) Ct = buckling constant intersection for uniform com-
Ant = net area in tension (J.7.3) pression in curved elements (Table B.4.1, Table
Anv = net area in shear (J.7.2, J.7.3) B.4.2, B.5.4.5, B.5.5.4)
Apb = projected bearing area (J.8) Ctb = buckling constant intersection for flexural com-
Ar = root area of the screw (J.5.4.3, J.5.5.3) pression in curved elements (Table B.4.1, Table
As = area of the intermediate stiffener (B.5.4.4) B.4.2, B.5.5.4)
Asn = thread stripping area of internal thread per unit Cw = warping constant (E.2.2, F.4.2.1, F.4.2.5)
length of engagement (J.5.4.1.1) Cwa, Cwb, Cw1, Cw2, Cw3
Av = web area (G.1, G.2, G.3, G.4, G.5) = coefficients used to determine web crippling
Awe = effective area of a weld (J.2.3, J.2.5, Table J.2.2) strength (J.9.1)
Awz = cross-sectional area of the weld-affected zone, C1 = coefficient used to determine U (F.4.2.5)
which extends 1 in. (25 mm) to each side of the C2 = coefficient used to determine U (F.4.2.5)
centerline of a weld (B.5.4, D.2, E.2, F.4, G.1, G.2, D = nominal diameter of the fastener (Table J.2.2, J.3.1,
G.3, G.4, G.5, H.2) J.3.4, J.3.5, J.3.6, J.5, J.5.4.1.1, J.5.4.1.2, J.5.4.2,
Awzc = cross sectional area of the weld-affected zone in J.5.5.1, J.5.5.2, J.6.4, J.6.5)
compression (B.5.5) D = diameter of a rod (H.2.3, G.5)
Bbr = buckling constant intercept for flexural compression D = outside diameter of a tube (Table 3.1)
in flat elements (Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, B.5.5.1, Dbr = buckling constant slope for flexural compression
B.5.5.2, B.5.5.3, F.5) in flat elements (Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, B.5.5.1,
Bc = buckling constant intercept for member buckling B.5.5.2, B.5.5.3, F.5)
(Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, B.5.4.4, E.2) Dc = buckling constant slope for member buckling (Ta-
Bp = buckling constant intercept for uniform compression ble B.4.1, Table B.4.2, B.5.4.4, E.2)
in flat elements (Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, B.5.4.1, Dh = nominal diameter of the hole (J.4.5, J.4.6, Table J.5.1,
B.5.4.2, B.5.4.6, B.5.5.5, F.5) Table J.5.2, J.5.4.2)
Bs = buckling constant intercept for shear in flat elements Di = inside diameter of the pipe or tube (G.4)
(Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, G.2, G.3, G.4, H.2.1) Dn = nominal dead load (1.3.2, 4.1.3, 5.4)
Bt = buckling constant intercept for uniform compression Do = outside diameter of the pipe or tube (G.4)
in curved elements (Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, B.5.4.5, Dp = buckling constant slope for uniform compression
B.5.5.4) in flat elements (Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, B.5.4.1,
Btb = buckling constant intercept for flexural compression in B.5.4.2, B.5.4.6, B.5.5.5, F.5)
curved elements (Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, B.5.5.4) DS = depth of a stiffener (B.5.4.3)
C = torsional shear constant (H.2.2) Ds = buckling constant slope for shear in flat elements
(Table B.4.1, Table B.4.2, G.2, G.3, G.4, H.2.1)
January 2015 I - 11
I - 12 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 I - 13
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Srd = design stress range (3.2, 3.3) d = full depth of the section (F.4.2.1, F.4.2.2, F.4.2.4,
Sre = equivalent applied stress range (3.3) G.2, J.9.1, J.10.1)
Sri = ith applied stress range in the spectrum (3.3) de = distance from the center of the fastener to the edge
St = section modulus on the tension side of the neutral axis of the part in the direction of force (J.3.6, J.4.6,
(F.2) J.5.5.1, J.6.5)
Sw = size of a weld (J.2.1.2, J.2.2.2, Table J.2.2) df = the distance between the flange centroids; for T-shapes
Swe = effective throat of a fillet weld (J.2.2.1) df is the distance between the flange centroid and the
Sx = section modulus about the x-axis (F.4.2.1, F.4.2.2) tip of the stem. (F.4.2.5)
Sxc = section modulus about the compression side of the ds = stiffener’s flat width (B.5.4.3)
x-axis (B.5.5.5, F.3.2, F.4, F.4.2.3, F.4.2.5, F.4.3) d1 = distance from the neutral axis to the compression
T, T1, T2 = temperature (A.3.1.1) flange (B.5.5.3)
T = nominal forces and deformations due to the design- e = base for natural logarithms = 2.71828… (1.3.2)
basis fire defined in Section 4.2.1 (4.1.3) f = compressive stress at the toe of the flange (B.5.5.3)
Tn = nominal torsional strength (H.2, H.2.1, H.2.2, fa = maximum compressive stress in the element from
H.2.3, H.2.4) the service load combinations (L.3)
U = coefficient used to determine Me (F.4.2.5) fb = compressive stress due to flexure (H.3.1, H.3.2)
V = shear force on the web at the transverse stiffener fc = compressive stress due to axial compression
(G.2) (H.3.1, H.3.2)
Vc = available shear strength (J.6.4) fs = shear stress due to shear and torsion (H.3.1, H.3.2)
VF = coefficient of variation of the fabrication factor g = transverse center-to-center spacing (gage) between
(1.3.2) fastener gage lines (D.3.1, J.1.3)
VM = coefficient of variation of the material factor (1.3.2)
I - 14 January 2015
January 2015 I - 15
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I - 16 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
equals or exceeds the required strength of the component removal of the load.
under the action of the ASD load combinations. element: a component of a shape’s cross section. Elements
ASD load combination: the load combination in the applicable are connected to other elements only along their longi-
building code intended for allowable strength design. tudinal edges. Elements addressed by the Specification
available strength: for LRFD, design strength; for ASD, include flat elements, described by their width b and
allowable strength. thickness t, and curved elements, described by their
beam: a structural member that has the primary function of mid-thickness radius Rb and thickness t. An Aluminum
resisting bending moments. Association standard I beam, for example, consists of
bearing-type connection: a bolted connection where shear five flat elements: a web element and two elements in
forces are transmitted by the bolt bearing against the each flange.
connection elements. engineer of record: engineer responsible for the structural
blind rivet: a rivet that can be installed with access to only design.
one side of the parts being joined. factored load: the product of a load factor and the nominal load.
block shear rupture: in a connection, the limit state of fastener: a device such as a bolt, rivet, screw, or pin used to
tensile fracture or yielding along one path and shear mechanically connect two or more parts.
yielding or fracture along another path. fatigue: the limit state of crack initiation and growth resulting
bolt: a headed and externally threaded mechanical device from repeated application of loads.
designed for insertion through holes in assembled parts filler metal: metal to be added in making a welded joint.
to mate with a nut and normally intended to be tightened fillet weld: weld of generally triangular cross section made
or released by turning that nut. between intersecting surfaces of elements.
bridge-type structure: a structure not addressed by building flexural buckling: a buckling mode in which a compression
codes and designed for highway, pedestrian, or rail traffic. member deflects laterally without twist or change in
buckling: the limit state of a sudden change in the geom- cross-sectional shape.
etry of a structure or any of its elements under a critical flexural-torsional buckling: a buckling mode in which a
loading condition. compression member bends and twists simultaneously
building-type structure: a structure of the type addressed by without change in cross-sectional shape.
a building code. gage: transverse center-to-center spacing of fasteners.
camber: curvature fabricated into a beam or truss so as to gauge: a term previously used in referring to the thickness
compensate for deflection induced by loads. of a wrought product. Thickness is preferred in
closed shape: a hollow shape that resists lateral-torsional dimension description.
buckling primarily by torsional resistance rather than geometric axis: axis parallel to a web, flange, or angle leg.
warping resistance, that is, for which Cw is much less grip: thickness of material through which a fastener passes.
than 0.038JLb2. See Section F.4.2.3. lateral-torsional buckling: the buckling mode of a flexural
column: a structural member that has the primary function member involving deflection normal to the plane of
of resisting a compressive axial force. bending occurring simultaneously with twist about the
contract documents: documents that define the responsibilities shear center of the cross-section.
of the parties that design, fabricate, or erect the structure. limit state: a condition in which a structure or component
design load: the applied load determined in accordance with becomes unfit for service and is judged either to be no
either LRFD load combinations or ASD load combinations, longer useful for its intended function (serviceability
whichever is applicable. limit state) or to have reached its ultimate load-carrying
capacity (strength limit state).
January 2015 I - 17
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
special thread form grooves in a tension-tension installation on a structural component determined by either structural
method. Hydraulic or pneumatic installation tools provide analysis, for the LRFD or ASD load combinations, as
the tension and swaging action. appropriate, or as specified by this Specification.
longitudinal centroidal axis: axis through the centroid of a resistance factor: a factor that accounts for unavoidable
member along its length. deviations of the actual strength from the nominal
LRFD (Load and Resistance Factor Design): a method of strength and for the manner and consequences of failure.
proportioning structural components such that the de- rivet: a headed and unthreaded mechanical device used to
sign strength equals or exceeds the required strength of assemble two or more components by an applied force
the component under the action of the LRFD load com- which deforms the plain rivet end to develop a completed
binations. mechanical joint.
LRFD load combination: a load combination in the applicable rod: a solid wrought product that is long in relation to its circular
building code intended for strength design (load and cross section, which is not less than 0.375 in. diameter.
resistance factor design). safety factor: a factor that accounts for deviations of the
member: an individual, discrete component of a larger structure, actual strength from the nominal strength, deviations of
such as a beam or column. the actual load from the nominal load, uncertainties in
member buckling: flexural, torsional, or flexural-torsional the analysis that transforms the load into a load effect,
buckling of the overall member. and for the manner and consequences of failure.
net area: gross area reduced to account for removed material. screw: a headed and externally threaded fastener held in
nominal dimension: designated or theoretical dimension, as place by threading into one of the connected parts.
in the tables of section properties. screw chase: a groove parallel to the longitudinal axis of
nominal load: magnitude of the load specified by the an extrusion, intended to retain a screw whose axis is
applicable building code. perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the extrusion.
nominal strength: strength of a structure or component (with- (See Figure GL.1).
out the resistance factor or safety factor applied) available
to resist load effects, as determined in accordance with
this Specification.
pin: a fastener that is a rod about which the connected parts
are free to rotate.
pitch: longitudinal center-to-center spacing of fasteners;
center-to-center spacing of bolt threads along the axis
of a bolt.
post-buckling strength: the load or force that can be carried by
an element, member, or frame after initial elastic buckling
has occurred. Figure GL.1
pull-out: the tensile load required to pull a screw out of a TRANSVERSE CROSS SECTION
threaded part. OF A SCREW CHASE
pull-over: the tensile load required to pull a part over the
head of a screw.
I - 18 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
structural component: member, connector, connecting
element or assemblage.
January 2015 I - 19
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A 563-07a Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy
Steel Nuts
A.2 REFERENCED DOCUMENTS A 563M-07 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy
The following documents are referenced in this Specification: Steel Nuts [Metric]
B 26/B 26M-12 Standard Specification for Aluminum-
Aluminum Association
Alloy Sand Castings
Aluminum Standards and Data 2013
B 108/B 108M-12e1 Standard Specification for Aluminum-
Aluminum Standards and Data 2013 Metric SI
Alloy Permanent Mold Castings
Standards for Aluminum Sand and Pemanent
B 209-10 Standard Specification for Aluminum and
Mold Castings (2008)
Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate
American Association of State Highway and B 209M-10 Standard Specification for Aluminum and
Traffic Officials (AASHTO) Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate [Metric]
Guide Specifications for Design of Pedestrian B 210-12 Standard Specification for Aluminum and
Bridges (1997) Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes
Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges (2002) B 210M-12 Standard Specification for Aluminum and
Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for High- Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes [Metric]
way Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals (2013) B 211-12e1 Standard Specification for Aluminum and
American Institute for Steel Construction Aluminum-Alloy Bar, Rod, and Wire
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings (ANSI/AISC B 211M-12e1 Standard Specification for Aluminum and
360-10) Aluminum-Alloy Bar, Rod, and Wire [Metric]
B 221-13 Standard Specification for Aluminum and
American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles,
ASNT CP-189, Standard for the Qualification and Certifi- and Tubes
cation of Nondestructive Testing Personnel B 221M-13 Standard Specification for Aluminum and
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles,
ASCE/SEI 7-10 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and and Tubes [Metric]
Other Structures B 241/B 241M-12e1 Standard Specification for Alumi-
num and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
Extruded Tube
ASME B18.6.4-1998(R2005) Thread Forming
B 247-09 Standard Specification for Aluminum and
and Thread Cutting Tapping Screws and Metallic Drive
Aluminum-Alloy Die Forgings, Hand Forgings, and
Screws, Inch Series
Rolled Ring Forgings
ASME B46.1-2009 Surface Texture (Surface Roughness,
B 247M-09 Standard Specification for Aluminum and
Waviness, and Lay)
Aluminum-Alloy Die Forgings, Hand Forgings, and
American Welding Society (AWS) Rolled Ring Forgings [Metric]
AWS A.5.10/A5.10M:2012 Welding Consumables – Wire B 308/B 308M-10 Standard Specification for Aluminum-
Electrodes, Wires and Rods for Welding of Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles
and Aluminum-Alloys - Classification B 316/B 316M-10 Standard Specification for Aluminum
AWS B5.1, Standard for the Qualification and Aluminum-Alloy Rivet and Cold-Heading Wire and
of Welding Inspectors Rods
AWS D1.2/D1.2M:2014 Structural Welding Code B 429/B 429M-10e1 Standard Specification for Aluminum-
– Aluminum Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube
I - 20 January 2015
January 2015 I - 21
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
log (T2 / T )
log t = log t 2 + log ( t1 / t 2 ) (A.3-1)
log (T2 / T1 )
where
T1 = next lower temperature in Table A.3.2 than T
T2 = next higher temperature in Table A.3.2 than T
t1 = time corresponding to T1
t2 = time corresponding to T2
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,
I - 22 January 2015
January 2015 I - 23
I - 24 January 2015
Q When welded with 4043, 5554, or 5654 alloy filler for thicknesses > 0.375 in.
W When welded with 5183, 5356, or 5556 alloy filler regardless of thickness, and when welded with 4043, 5554, or 5654 alloy filler for thicknesses < 0.375 in.
E Material in either of these tempers (H32 or H22), (H34 or H24), (H36 or H26), (H38 or H28), (H12 or H22), (H14 or H24), (H16 or H26), (H18 or H28), is acceptable
if the supplied H2x temper material meets all of the respective H1x or H3x temper tensile property limits.
January 2015 I - 25
I - 26 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6063 T52 B221, extrusion – 25.00 150 110 115 55 1
6063 T6 B221, extrusion – 25.00 205 170 115 55 1
6063 T6 B241, pipe & tube – 25.00 205 170 115 55 1
6063 T6 B429, pipe & tube – 25.00 205 170 115 55 1
6066 T6, T6510, T6511 B221, extrusion All 345 210 – – 1.1
6070 T6 B221, extrusion – 80.00 330 310 – – 1.1
6082 T6 B221, extrusion 5.00 20.00 310 260 190 110 1
6082 T6511 B221, extrusion 20.00 150.00 310 260 190 110 1
6105 T5 B221, extrusion – 25.00 250 240 – – 1.25
6351 T5 B221, extrusion – 25.00 260 240 165 80Q or 105W 1
6351 T6 B221, extrusion – 20.00 290 255 165 80Q or 105W 1
6463 T6 B221, extrusion – 12.50 205 170 – – 1
7005 T53 B221, extrusion – 25.00 345 305 275 165 1
Q When welded with 4043, 5554, or 5654 alloy filler for thicknesses > 9.50 mm.
W When welded with 5183, 5356, or 5556 alloy filler regardless of thickness, and when welded with 4043, 5554, or 5654 alloy filler for thicknesses < 9.50 mm.
E Material in either of these tempers (H32 or H22), (H34 or H24), (H36 or H26), (H38 or H28), (H12 or H22), (H14 or H24), (H16 or H26), (H18 or H28), is acceptable
if the supplied H2x temper material meets all of the respective H1x or H3x temper tensile property limits.
I - 28 January 2015
Q These strengths apply at any location in the casting if the purchaser specifies that the strength of test specimens cut from any location in the casting equal or
exceed these strengths.
W.These strengths apply in the locations specified by the purchaser if the purchaser specifies that strengths equal or exceed these strengths at these locations.
At other locations, the strengths in Q apply.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
number of castings radiographed and the lot acceptance
criteria shall be as listed in Table A.3.5.
The tensile strength Ftu, yield strength Fty, and tension co-
efficient kt of non-weld affected material used to determine
available strength shall be as listed in Table A.3.4. Welded
strengths of castings shall be those established in the AWS
D1.2 weld procedure qualification test.
January 2015 I - 29
I - 30 January 2015
B.2 LOADS AND LOAD COMBINATIONS B.3.2.1 Design for Strength Using Load and Resis-
tance Factor Design (LRFD)
B.2.1 Building-Type Structures
Design using the provisions for Load and Resistance
Building-type structures shall be designed for the nominal
Factor Design (LRFD) meets the requirements of this
loads and load combinations given in the applicable building
Specification when the design strength of each structural
code or contract documents. In the absence of a building code
component equals or exceeds the required strength determined
or contract documents, ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for
on the basis of the LRFD load combinations. All provisions of
Buildings and Other Structures, shall be used.
this Specification except Section B.3.2.2 shall apply.
B.2.2 Bridge-Type Structures Design shall satisfy Equation B.3-1:
Bridge-type structures shall be designed for the nominal Ru < φRn (B.3-1)
loads and load combinations given in the contract documents.
In the absence of contract documents, highway bridges shall where
be designed for the nominal loads and load combinations Ru = required strength for LRFD
given in AASHTO’s Standard Specifications for Highway Rn = nominal strength
Bridges, and pedestrian bridges shall be designed for the φ = resistance factor
nominal loads and load combinations given in AASHTO’s φRn = design strength
Guide Specifications for Design of Pedestrian Bridges.
Resistance factors for building-type structures shall be as
given in this Specification.
B.2.3 Other Structures
Structural supports for highway signs, luminaires, and traffic B.3.2.2 Design for Strength Using Allowable
signals shall be designed for the loads given in Standard Strength Design (ASD)
Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs,
Luminaires, and Traffic Signals. Other structures shall be Design using the provisions for Allowable Strength
designed for the loads given in the contract documents. In Design (ASD) meets the requirements of this Specification
the absence of contract documents, other structures shall be when the allowable strength of each structural component
designed for the loads given in ASCE 7 where applicable. equals or exceeds the required strength determined on the
basis of the ASD load combinations. All provisions of this
B.3 DESIGN BASIS Specification except Section B.3.2.1 shall apply.
Design shall satisfy Equation B.3-2:
Designs shall be made according to the provisions for
Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) or Allowable
Ra < Rn /Ω (B.3-2)
Strength Design (ASD). LRFD is limited to building-
type structures.
where
Ra = required strength for ASD
B.3.1 Limit States Rn = nominal strength
No applicable strength or serviceability limit state shall Ω = safety factor
be exceeded by the loads and load combinations given in Rn /Ω = allowable strength
Section B.2. Safety factors for building-type structures and bridge-
type structures shall be as given in this Specification.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-
January 2015 I - 31
Table B.4.1
BUCKLING CONSTANTS FOR TEMPER DESIGNATIONS BEGINNING WITH
O, H, T1, T2, T3, OR T4, AND WELD-AFFECTED ZONES OF ALL TEMPERS
TYPE OF STRESS
INTERCEPT SLOPE INTERSECTION
AND MEMBER
⎛ ⎛ Fcy ⎞ 1/2 ⎞ Bc ⎛ 6 Bc ⎞
1/2
2 Bc
Member Buckling Bc = Fcy ⎜ 1 + ⎜ ⎟ ⎟ Dc = ⎜ ⎟ Cc =
⎝ ⎝ 1000κ ⎠ ⎠ 20 ⎝ E ⎠ 3Dc
⎛ ⎛ Fcy ⎞ 1/3 ⎞ B ⎛ 6B ⎞
1/2
2 Bp
Uniform Compression in
Bp = Fcy ⎜ 1 + ⎜ ⎟ ⎟ Dp = p ⎜ p ⎟ Cp =
⎝ ⎝ 440κ ⎠ ⎠ 20 ⎝ E ⎠
Flat Elements 3D p
Uniform Compression in
⎛ ⎛ Fcy ⎞ 1/5 ⎞ Bt ⎛ Bt ⎞
1/3
Bt = Fcy ⎜ 1 + ⎜ ⎟ ⎟ Dt = ⎜ ⎟ Ct W
Curved Elements
⎝ ⎝ 6500κ ⎠ ⎠ 3.7 ⎝ E ⎠
Flexural Compression in
⎛ ⎛ Fcy ⎞ 1/5 ⎞ Btb ⎛ Btb ⎞
1/3
⎛ B − Bt ⎞
2
⎛ ⎛ F ⎞ 1/3 ⎞ Bs ⎛ 6 Bs ⎞
1/2
2 Bs
Shear in Flat Elements Bs = Fsy ⎜ 1 + ⎜ sy ⎟ ⎟ Ds = ⎜ ⎟ Cs =
⎝ ⎝ 240κ ⎠ ⎠ 20 ⎝ E ⎠ 3Ds
I - 32 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
⎛ ⎛ Fcy ⎞ 1/2 ⎞ Bc ⎛ Bc ⎞
1/2
Bc
Member Buckling Bc = Fcy ⎜ 1 + ⎜ ⎟ ⎟ Dc = ⎜ ⎟ Cc = 0.41
⎝ ⎝ 2250κ ⎠ ⎠ 10 ⎝ E ⎠ Dc
⎛ ⎛ Fcy ⎞ 1/3 ⎞ Bp ⎛ Bp ⎞
1/2
Bp
Uniform Compression in
Bp = Fcy ⎜ 1 + ⎜ ⎟ ⎟ Dp = C p = 0.41
Flat Elements
⎝ ⎝ 1500κ ⎠ ⎠ 10 ⎜⎝ E ⎟⎠ Dp
Uniform Compression in
⎛ ⎛ Fcy ⎞ 1/5 ⎞ Bt ⎛ Bt ⎞
1/3
Bt = Fcy ⎜ 1 + ⎜ ⎟ ⎟ Dt = ⎜ ⎟ Ct W
Curved Elements
⎝ ⎝ 50, 000κ ⎠ ⎠ 4.5 ⎝ E ⎠
Flexural Compression in
⎛ ⎛ Fcy ⎞ 1/5 ⎞ Btb ⎛ Btb ⎞
1/3
⎛ B − Bt ⎞
2
⎛ ⎛ F ⎞ 1/3 ⎞ Bs ⎛ Bs ⎞
1/2
Bs
Shear in Flat Elements Bs = Fsy ⎜ 1 + ⎜ sy ⎟ ⎟ Ds = ⎜ ⎟ Cs = 0.41
⎝ ⎝ 800κ ⎠ ⎠ 10 ⎝ E ⎠ Ds
B.5 ELEMENTS
Table B.4.3
B.5.1 Width of Flat Elements and Stiffeners
POSTBUCKLING CONSTANTS
For flat elements:
TYPE OF ELEMENT k1 k2
Flat Elements in Compression for 0.50 2.04 a) supported on one edge, the element width b is the
Temper Designations Beginning with
O, H, T1, T2, T3, or T4, and weld-affected
distance from the element’s unsupported edge to the toe of the
zones of all tempers fillet or bend at the element’s supported edge (Figure B.5.1)
Flat Elements in Compression for 0.35 2.27 b) supported on both edges and flat elements supported
Temper Designations Beginning with on one edge and with a stiffener on the other edge, the
T5, T6, T7, T8, or T9 element width b is the distance between the toes of the
Flat Elements in Flexure 0.50 2.04 fillets or bends at the element’s supported or stiffened edges
(Figures B.5.2 and B.5.3).
c) supported on both edges and with an intermediate
stiffener, the element width b is the largest distance between
the toe of the fillet or bend at the element’s supported edge and
the toe of the fillet or bend at the intermediate stiffener (Figure
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
B.5.4).
January 2015 I - 33
r t r t r t
Figure B.5.1
FLAT ELEMENTS SUPPORTED ON ONE EDGE
b b
r
r t
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure B.5.2
FLAT ELEMENTS SUPPORTED ON BOTH EDGES
I - 34 January 2015
January 2015 I - 35
I - 36 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a) For tapered thickness elements with the thick yielding Fcy b /t < λ1
edge supported and the thin edge free, the slenderness
is (1 – 0.12δ)(b/tavg). inelastic buckling Bp – 5.0Dp b/t λ1 < b /t < λ2
b) For tapered thickness elements with the thin edge
supported and the thick edge free, the slenderness is b/tavg in columns whose buckling axis is not an axis of symmetry:
c) For tapered thickness elements supported on both π2 E
edges, the slenderness is b/tavg. elastic buckling b /t > λ2
( 5.0 b /t )2
where
b = element width in all other columns and all beams:
k2 B p E
post-buckling b /t > λ2
tavg = t max + t min (B.5-1) 5.0b / t
2
where
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
k2 B p E
t max − t min λ2 = for elastic buckling
δ= (B.5-2) 5.0b / t
t min
Bp − Fcy
λ2 = for post-buckling
B.5.4 Strength of Elements in Uniform Compression 1.6 D p
The stress Fc corresponding to the uniform compressive
strength of elements is: B.5.4.2 Flat Elements Supported on Both Edges
For unwelded elements: The stress Fc corresponding to the uniform compressive
strength of flat elements supported on both edges is:
Fc = Fco (B.5-3)
LIMIT STATE Fc b /t
For welded elements:
Fc = Fco(1 – Awz /Ag) + Fcw Awz /Ag (B.5-4) yielding Fcy b /t < λ1
January 2015 I - 37
Fc for the stiffened element determined using Section ments Supported on Both Edges
B.5.4.3 shall not exceed Fc for the stiffener determined using
The stress Fc corresponding to the uniform compressive
Section B.5.4.1.
strength of round hollow elements and curved elements
supported on both edges is:
For flat elements
a) supported on one edge and with a stiffener on the other
LIMIT STATE Fc Rb /t
edge, and
b) with a stiffener of depth DS > 0.8b, where DS is yielding Fcy Rb /t < λ1
defined in Figure B.5.3, or with a thickness greater than
the stiffener’s thickness, Rb
the stress Fc corresponding to the uniform compressive inelastic buckling Bt − Dt λ1 < Rb /t < λ2
strength is Fc = FUT . t
π2 E
2
⎛R ⎞⎛ Rb / t ⎞
elastic buckling 16 ⎜ b ⎟ ⎜ 1 + Rb /t > λ2
⎝ t ⎠⎝ 35 ⎟⎠
I - 38 January 2015
yielding Fcy λeq < λ1 B.5.5.1 Flat Elements Supported on Both Edges
inelastic buckling Bp – Dp λeq λ1 < λeq < λ2 The stress Fb corresponding to the flexural compressive
strength of flat elements supported on both edges and flat
k2 B p E
elastic buckling λeq > λ2 elements supported on the compression edge with the
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 I - 39
0.4d1
where
d1
λ1 = Ctb
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b X X λ2 = Ct
I - 40 January 2015
Table B.5.1
ELASTIC BUCKLING STRESS Fe OF ELEMENTS
ELEMENT TYPE ELEMENT STRESS ELEMENT SUPPORT Fe
uniform π 2E
flat supported on both edges
compression (1.6 b / t )2
uniform π 2E
flat supported on one edge
compression (5.0 b /t ) 2
π 2E
2
⎛R ⎞⎛ Rb / t ⎞
uniform
curved supported on both edges
compression 16 ⎜ b ⎟ ⎜ 1 +
⎝ t ⎠⎝ 35 ⎟⎠
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The nominal tensile strength Pnt of tension members
shall be determined as follows. D.3.2 Effective Net Area
The effective net area Ae for angles, channels, tees, zees,
a) For tensile yielding in the gross section: rectangular tubes, and I-shaped sections shall be determined
For unwelded members and members with as follows:
transverse welds
a) If tension is transmitted directly to each of the cross-
Pnt = Fty Ag (D.2-1) sectional elements of the member by fasteners or welds, the
effective net area Ae is the net area.
For members with longitudinal welds b) If tension is transmitted by fasteners or welds through
some but not all of the cross-sectional elements of the member,
Pnt = Fty(Ag – Awz) + Ftyw Awz (D.2-2) the effective net area Ae is:
⎛ x ⎞⎛ y ⎞
Ae = An ⎜ 1 − ⎟ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
b) For tensile rupture in the net section: ⎝ LC ⎠ ⎝ LC ⎠ (D.3-1)
January 2015 I - 43
E.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS Pnc = Pno(1 – Awz /Ag) + Pnw (Awz /Ag) (E.2-2)
The available compressive strength of members is the
E.2.1 Flexural Buckling
least of the available strengths for the limit states of member
buckling (E.2), local buckling (E.3), and the interaction For flexural buckling, λ is the largest slenderness
between member buckling and local buckling (E.4). The kL/r of the column. The effective length factor k for
available compressive strength (φcPnc for LRFD and Pnc /Ωc calculating column slenderness kL/r shall be determined us-
for ASD) shall be determined in accordance with Chapter E ing Section C.3.
where Pnc is the nominal compressive strength and
φc = 0.90 (LRFD) E.2.2 Torsional and Flexural-Torsional Buckling
Ωc = 1.65 (ASD building-type structures)
For torsional or flexural-torsional buckling,
Ωc = 1.85 (ASD bridge-type structures)
E
E.2 MEMBER BUCKLING λ=π (E.2-3)
Fe
The nominal member buckling strength Pnc is
where Fe is the elastic buckling stress determined by
Pnc = Fc Ag (E.2-1) analysis or as follows:
a) For doubly symmetric members:
where
LIMIT Fc λ ⎛ π 2 ECw ⎞ 1
Fe = ⎜ + GJ ⎟ (E.2-4)
⎝ ( k z Lz ) ⎠ Ix + Iy
STATE 2
yielding Fcy λ < λ1 b) For singly symmetric members where y is the axis of
symmetry:
⎛ C −λ⎞
inelastic ( Bc − Dc λ ) ⎜ 0.85 + 0.15 C c − λ ⎟ λ1 < λ < Cc
buckling ⎝ c 1⎠ ⎛ Fey + Fez ⎞ ⎡ 4 Fey Fez H ⎤
Fe = ⎜ ⎢1 − 1 − ⎥ (E.2-5)
⎝ 2 H ⎟⎠ ⎢⎣ ( Fey + Fez )2 ⎥⎦
elastic 0.85 π 2 E
λ > λ2
buckling λ2 c) For unsymmetric members, Fe is the lowest root of the
cubic equation:
where (Fe – Fex)(Fe – Fey)(Fe – Fez)
– Fe2(Fe – Fey)(xo /ro)2 – Fe2(Fe – Fex)(yo /ro)2 = 0 (E.2-6)
Bc − Fcy
λ1 = where
Dc
Ix + Iy
λ2 = Cc ro2 = x0 + y0 +
2 2
(E.2-7)
Ag
λ = greatest column slenderness determined from
Sections E.2.1 and E.2.2. x0 2 + y0 2
H = 1– (E.2-8)
For members without welds determine the nominal r0 2
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
member buckling strength Pnc = Pno using Bc, Dc, and Cc for
unwelded material using Table B.4.1 or B.4.2 and Fcy. π 2E
For members that are fully weld-affected determine the 2 (E.2-9)
Fex = ⎛ kx Lx ⎞
nominal member buckling strength Pnc = Pno using Bc, Dc, ⎜⎝ r ⎟⎠
x
and Cc for welded material using Table B.4.1 and Fcyw.
For members with transverse welds and: π 2E
a) supported at both ends with no transverse weld 2
farther than 0.05L from the member ends, Pnc = Pno Fey = ⎛ ky Ly ⎞ (E.2-10)
⎜ r ⎟
b) supported at both ends with a transverse weld farther ⎝ y ⎠
than 0.05L from the member ends or supported at only one
end with a transverse weld Pnc = Pnw, 1 ⎛ π 2 ECw ⎞
Fez = GJ + (E.2-11)
Ag ro 2 ⎜⎝ ( kz Lz )2 ⎟⎠
I - 44 January 2015
January 2015 I - 45
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
F.2 YIELDING AND RUPTURE These elements include the elements in flexure
and their intermediate stiffeners.
For the limit state of yielding, the nominal flexural If there are stiffeners located farther than the
strength Mnp of wrought products is the least of Z Fcy, compression flange from the cross section’s neutral
1.5St Fty, and 1.5Sc Fcy axis, the compressive flexural strength shall not exceed
For the limit state of yielding, the nominal flexural strength
Mnp of cast products is the lesser of St Fty and Sc Fcy. Fcy If /ccs + Fb Iw /ccw
For the limit state of rupture, the nominal flexural
strength is where
ccs = distance from the cross section’s neutral axis to
Mnu = Z Ftu/kt (F.2-1) the extreme fiber of uniform compression element
I - 46 January 2015
January 2015 I - 47
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
⎢ L ⎥
⎢ ⎜⎜ ⎟ ⎥
b
where
r C ⎟
The y-axis is the centroidal symmetry or principal axis ⎢⎣ ⎝ ye b ⎠ ⎥⎦
such that the tension flange has a positive y coordinate and
bending is about the x-axis. The origin of the coordinate F.5 SINGLE ANGLES
system is the intersection of the principal axes. For single angles, the nominal flexural strength Mn shall
be determined as follows.
U = C1go – C2βx/2 (F.4-10)
a) For the limit state of local buckling:
C1 and C2: (1) If a leg tip is a point of maximum compression
a) If no transverse loads are applied between the ends of (Figure F.5.1):
I - 48 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Z Z W W
X X X X
Z Z W W
Figure F.5. 1
Figure F.5. 4
January 2015 I - 49
I - 50
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
The available shear strength of members is the least For the limit state of shear rupture
of the available strengths for the limit states of buckling,
yielding, and rupture. The available shear strength (φvVn For unwelded members
for LRFD and Vn /Ωv for ASD) shall be determined in Vn = Fsu An /kt (G.2-1)
accordance with Chapter G, where Vn is the nominal shear
strength and For welded members
φv Ωv Ωv
LIMIT STATE Vn = Fsu (An – Awz)/kt + Fsuw Awz (G.2-2)
building-type building-type bridge - type
structures structures structures
where
shear rupture 0.75 1.95 2.20 An = net area of the web
other shear 0.90 1.65 1.85 Awz = weld-affected area of the web
limit states
For the limit states of shear yielding and shear buckling
For the limit states of shear yielding and shear buckling, Vn is as defined in Section G.1 with
the nominal shear strength Vn is Av = dt (G.2-3)
a1
2
b= ⎛a ⎞ for webs with transverse stiffeners
1 + 0.7 ⎜ 1 ⎟
⎝ a2 ⎠
January 2015 I - 51
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
where
b An = net area of the web
Awz = weld-affected area of the web
Av = bt (G.3-3)
Figure G.2.1
FLAT WEBS IN SHEAR and Fs determined from:
Transverse stiffeners shall have a moment of inertia Is not LIMIT STATE Fs b/t
less than the following:
yielding Fsy b /t < λ1
s 0.55Vh 2 ⎛ s ⎞
≤ 0.4, Is = ⎜⎝ ⎟⎠ (G.2-4)
b E b inelastic buckling Bs – 3.0Ds b /t λ1 < b /t < λ2
2
s 0.088Vh ⎛ b ⎞ π2E
> 0.4, Is = ⎜⎝ ⎟⎠ (G.2-5)
b E s elastic buckling
( 3.0 b / t )2 b /t > λ2
where
b = clear height of the web regardless of whether where
or not a longitudinal stiffener is present
Is = moment of inertia of the transverse stiffener. For Bs − Fsy
a stiffener composed of members of equal size on λ1 = 3.0 Ds
each side of the web, the moment of inertia of the
stiffener shall be computed about the centerline Cs
of the web. For a stiffener composed of a member λ 2 = 3.0
on only one side of the web, the moment of b = distance from the unsupported edge to the
inertia of the stiffener shall be computed about mid-thickness of the supporting element
the face of the web in contact with the stiffener. t = web thickness
s = transverse stiffener spacing. For a stiffener
composed of a pair of members, one on each side
G.4 PIPES AND ROUND OR OVAL TUBES
of the web, the stiffener spacing s is the clear
distance between the pairs of stiffeners. For a The nominal shear strength Vn of pipes and round or oval
stiffener composed of a member on only one side tubes is
of the web, the stiffener spacing s is the distance For the limit state of shear rupture
between fastener lines or other connecting lines.
V = shear force on the web at the transverse stiffener For unwelded members
Stiffeners shall extend from flange to flange but need not Vn = Fsu An /(2kt) (G.4-1)
be connected to either flange.
For welded members
Vn = Fsu(An – Awz)/(2kt ) + Fsuw Awz /2 (G.4-2)
I - 52 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 I - 53
H.2 MEMBERS SUBJECT TO TORSION H.2.1 Pipes and Round or Oval Tubes
The nominal torsional strength Tn for pipes and round or
The available torsional strength of members is the least of
oval tubes is
the available strengths for the limit states of rupture, yield-
ing, and buckling. The available torsional strength (φTTn for
Tn = Fs J /R (H.2-5)
LRFD and Tn /ΩT for ASD) shall be determined in accor-
dance with this Section and Sections H.2.1, H.2.2, H.2.3,
For the limit state of torsional rupture, the shear stress Fs
or H.2.4, where Tn is the nominal torsional strength and
corresponding to the torsional strength shall be determined in
accordance with Section H.2.
φT ΩT ΩT
LIMIT STATE
For the limit state of torsional yielding and torsional buck-
building-type building-type bridge-type
structures structures structures ling, the shear stress Fs corresponding to the shear strength is
torsional rupture 0.75 1.95 2.20
other torsional 0.90 1.65 1.85
LIMIT STATE Fs λ
limit states
yielding Fsy λ < λ1
For the limit state of torsional rupture, the shear stress Fs inelastic buckling Bs – 1.25Ds λ λ1 < λ < λ2
corresponding to the torsional strength is
For unwelded members π 2E
elastic buckling λ > λ2
(1.25λ) 2
Fs = Fsu /kt (H.2-1)
where
For welded members
Bs − Fsy
Fs = Fsu(1 – Awz /Ag) /kt + Fsuw Awz /Ag (H.2-2) λ1 = 1.25 D
s
For the limit states of shear yielding and shear buckling,
Cs
the shear stress Fs corresponding to the torsional strength is λ2 =
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.25
I - 54 January 2015
For the limit state of torsional rupture, the shear stress fc /(Fc /Ω) + [fb /(Fb /Ω)]2 + [fs /(Fs /Ω)]2 < 1.0 (H.3-2)
Fs corresponding to the torsional strength is determined in
accordance with Section H.2. where
For the limit state of torsional yielding and torsional fc = compressive stress due to axial compression
buckling, Fs is determined in accordance with Section G.2 fb = compressive stress due to flexure
for the side with the larger slenderness. fs = shear stress due to shear and torsion
Fc = axial compressive stress corresponding
H.2.3 Rods to the nominal axial compressive strength
The nominal torsional strength Tn for rods for the limit Fb = flexural compressive stress corresponding
state of torsional yielding is to the nominal flexural compressive strength
Fs = shear stress corresponding to the nominal
For unwelded members: shear strength
The nominal torsional strength Tn for rods for the limit fc /(φFc) + fb /(φFb) + [fs /(φFs)]2 < 1.0 (H.3-3)
state of torsional rupture is
For unwelded members For ASD:
Tn = 0.262Fsu D3 /kt (H.2-10) fc /(Fc /Ω) + fb /(Fb /Ω) + [fs /(Fs /Ω)]2 < 1.0 (H.3-4)
January 2015 I - 55
The design strength and the allowable strength of J.2.1.2 Groove Weld Size
connections shall be determined in accordance with the
provisions of this chapter and Chapter B. The size Sw of a complete joint penetration groove weld
If the longitudinal centroidal axes of connected is the thickness of the thinner part joined.
axially loaded members do not intersect at one point, the The size Sw of a partial joint penetration groove weld is
connection and members shall be designed for the effects the depth of preparation for all J and U groove welds and for
of eccentricity. all V and bevel groove welds with an included angle greater
than 45o.
J.1.2 Fasteners in Combination with Welds
J.2.1.3 Groove Weld Effective Length
Fasteners shall not be considered to share load in
combination with welds. A groove weld’s effective length Lwe for tension and
compression is the length of the weld perpendicular to the
J.1.3 Maximum Spacing of Fasteners direction of tensile or compressive stress. A groove weld’s
effective length for shear is the length of the weld parallel to
The pitch and gage of fasteners joining components of the direction of shear stress.
tension members shall not exceed (3 + 20t) in. [(75 + 20t)
mm] where t is the thickness of the outside component. J.2.2 Fillet Welds
In outside components of compression members:
a) The component’s strength shall satisfy the requirements J.2.2.1 Fillet Weld Size
of Section E.2 with an effective length kL = s/2, where s is
The effective throat Swe is the shortest distance from the
the pitch, and
joint root to the face of the diagrammatic weld.
b) If multiple rows of fasteners are used, the component’s
The size of fillet welds shall be not less than the size
strength shall satisfy the requirements of Section B.5.4.2
required to transmit calculated forces or the size shown in
with a width b = 0.8g where g is the gage. If only one line of
Table J.2.1. These requirements do not apply to fillet weld
fasteners is used, the component’s strength shall satisfy the
reinforcements of groove welds.
requirements of Section B.5.4.1 with a width b = the edge
distance of the fastener. Table J.2.1
MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET WELDS
J.2 WELDS
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Base Metal Base Metal
The design strength φRn and allowable strength Rn /Ω of Thickness t of Minimum Thickness t of Minimum
Thicker Part Size of Thicker Part Size of
welds shall be determined using this Section where Joined Fillet Weld Joined Fillet Weld
φ = 0.75 (LRFD) in. in. mm mm
Ω = 1.95 (ASD building-type structures) t<¼ 1/8 t<6 3
Ω = 2.20 (ASD bridge-type structures)
¼<t<½ 3/16 6 < t < 13 5
The following types of groove welds are complete joint (a) Along edges of material less than ¼ in. (6 mm) thick,
penetration welds: not greater than the thickness of the material.
a) Welds welded from both sides with the root of the first (b) Along edges of material ¼ in. (6 mm) or more in
weld backgouged to sound metal before welding the second thickness, no greater than the thickness of the material minus
side. 1/16 in. (2 mm), unless the weld is especially designated on
b) Welds welded from one side using permanent or the drawings to be built out to obtain full-throat thickness.
temporary backing.
I - 56 January 2015
January 2015 I - 57
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The distance from the center of a bolt to an edge of a b) For a bolt in a slot with the slot perpendicular to the
part shall not be less than 1.5 times the nominal diameter of direction of force:
the bolt. See Section J.3.6 for the effect of edge distance on
bearing strength. Rn = 1.33DtFtu (J.3-5)
J.3.4 Bolt Tension and the edge distance perpendicular to the slot length and
The design tension strength φRn and the allowable slot length shall be sized to avoid overstressing the material
tension strength Rn /Ω of aluminum bolts shall be determined between the slot and the edge of the part.
for the limit state of tensile rupture as follows: where
φ = 0.65 (LRFD) de = distance from the center of the bolt to the
Ω = 2.34 (ASD building-type structures) edge of the part in the direction of force.
Ω = 2.64 (ASD bridge-type structures) t = for plain holes, thickness of the connected part;
for countersunk holes, thickness of the
Rn = (π(D − 1.191/n)2/4)Ftu (J.3-1) connected part less ½ the countersink depth
Ftu = tensile ultimate strength of the connected part
where D = nominal diameter of the bolt
Ftu = tensile ultimate strength of the bolt
(Table A.3.7 or Table A.3.7M). J.3.7 Slip-Critical Bolted Connections
I - 58 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Rn = Fn Ab (J.3-6)
J.4 RIVETS
January 2015 I - 59
I - 60 January 2015
Q for material thicknesses not given, use the next smaller thickness.
J.5.2 Minimum Spacing of Screws 1) for 0.060 in. < Le < 0.125 in. (1.5 mm < Le < 3 mm)
The distance between screw centers shall not be less than
Rn = Ks D Le Fty2 (J.5-1)
2.5 times the nominal diameter of the screw.
where
J.5.3 Minimum Edge Distance of Screws Ks = 1.01 for 0.060 in. < Le < 0.080 in. (1.5 mm < Le < 2 mm)
The distance from the center of a screw to an edge of a Ks = 1.20 for 0.080 in. < Le < 0.125 in. (2 mm < Le < 3 mm)
part shall not be less than 1.5 times the nominal diameter of Fty2 = tensile yield strength of member not in contact
the screw. See Section J.5.5.1 for the effect of edge distance with the screw head
on the bearing strength. D = nominal diameter of the screw
2) for 0.125 in. < Le < 0.25 in. (3 mm < Le < 6.3 mm)
J.5.4 Screwed Connection Tension
The tensile strength of a screwed connection is the Rn = 1.2DFty2(0.25 – Le) + 1.16AsnFtu2(Le – 0.125) (J.5-2)
least of the pull-out, pull-over, and screw tensile rupture
strengths. The design tensile strength φRn and the allowable where
tensile strength Rn /Ω shall be determined as follows: Asn = thread stripping area of internal thread per unit
φ = 0.50 (LRFD) length of engagement
Ω = 3.0 (ASD building-type structures) Ftu2 = tensile ultimate strength of member not in
Ω = 3.5 (ASD bridge-type structures) contact with the screw head
The nominal strength Rn for the limit state of pull-out 3) for 0.25 in. < Le < 0.375 in. (6.3 mm < Le < 10 mm)
shall be determined in accordance with Section J.5.4.1.
The nominal strength Rn for the limit state of pull-over Rn = 0.58 Asn Le Ftu2 (J.5-3)
shall be determined in accordance with Section J.5.4.2.
The nominal strength Rn for the limit state of screw b) For spaced threads (screw types AB, B, BP, BF, and BT)
tensile rupture shall be determined in accordance with 1) for 0.038 in. < Le < 2/n (1 mm < Le < 2/n)
Section J.5.4.3.
For screws subjected to tension, the head of the screw Rn = Ks D Le Fty2 (J.5-4)
or washer, if a washer is provided, shall have a nominal
diameter not less than 5/16 in. (8 mm). Washers shall have where
a nominal thickness not less than 0.050 in. (1.3 mm). Ks = 1.01 for 0.038 in. < Le < 0.080 in. (1 mm < Le < 2 mm)
Ks = 1.20 for 0.080 in. < Le < 2/n (2 mm < Le < 2/n)
J.5.4.1 Pull-Out
2) for 2/n < Le < 4/n
J.5.4.1.1 Screws in Holes
Rn = 1.2D Fty2 (4/n – Le) + 3.26D Ftu2 (Le – 2/n) (J.5-5)
The nominal strength Rn for the limit state of pull-out of
a screw in a hole is: 3) for 4/n < Le < 0.375 in. (4/n < Le < 8 mm)
a) For UNC and UNF threads (screw types C, D, F, G, Rn = 1.63D Le Ftu2 (J.5-6)
and T)
January 2015 I - 61
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I - 62 January 2015
For t2 < t1, the nominal strength Rn for the limit state of Vn /Ω = (πD2Fsy /4)/Ωy < (πD2Fsu /4)/Ωu (J.6-2)
tilting is:
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b) Pin Flexure
Rn = 4.2(t23D)1/2 Ftu2 (J.5-13) The design flexural strength is
For t2 > t1, tilting is not a limit state. φMn = φy(πD3Fty /21.3) < φu(πD3Ftu /(21.3kt)) (J.6-3)
January 2015 I - 63
I - 64 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Ri : for shapes made by bending, Ri = inside bend
radius at the juncture of the flange and web;
for extruded shapes, Ri = 0 J.10.2 Sidelaps
t = web thickness
θw = angle between the plane of web and the plane For sinusoidal corrugated sheet, the minimum sidelap width
of the bearing surface (θw < 90o) for roofing shall equal the pitch of the corrugations, and the
minimum sidelap width for siding shall equal half the pitch.
For trapezoidal sheet with a depth greater than 1 in. (25
J.9.2 Bearing Stiffeners
mm) the minimum sidelap for both roofing and siding shall
Bearing stiffeners at concentrated forces shall be have a developed width equal to the width of the narrowest
sufficiently connected to the web to transmit the concentrated flat plus 2 in. (50 mm). Trapezoidal sheet with a depth of
force. Such stiffeners shall form a tight and uniform bearing 1 in. (25 mm) or less shall have a sidelap of proven design
against the flanges unless welds designed to transmit the full with an anti-siphoning feature.
concentrated force are provided between flange and stiffener.
Only the part of a stiffener cross section outside the flange-to- J.10.3 Fasteners in Laps
web fillet shall be considered effective in bearing.
The bearing stiffener shall meet the requirements of The minimum size of fasteners used in end laps and
Chapter E with the length of the stiffener equal to the height side laps shall be #12 (5.5 mm) for screws and 3/16 in.
of the web. (5 mm) diameter for rivets. The maximum spacing for sidelap
fasteners shall be 12 in. (300 mm). Endlap fasteners shall be no
more than 2 in. (50 mm) from the end of the overlapping sheet.
January 2015 I - 65
where
be = element’s effective width
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b = element’s width
Fe = element’s elastic local buckling stress determined
using Section B.5.6
fa = maximum compressive stress in the element from
service load combinations
The effective width of elements subjected to flexure shall
be placed next to the compression flange.
Bending deflections shall be calculated using the modu-
lus of elasticity given in Table A.3.1.
I - 66 January 2015
I - 68 January 2015
Q This table is for structural applications subjected to normal atmospheric conditions using GTAW or GMAW.
W DNW = Do Not Weld
E Fillers in parentheses are acceptable alternates.
January 2015 I - 69
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4010 may be used; to weld A357.0 to itself, 4011 may be used.
cordance with Chapter C.
W DNW = Do Not Weld
E Fillers in parentheses are acceptable alternates.
I - 70 January 2015
January 2015 I - 71
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I - 72 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The nominal strength Rn determined from testing and any individual result deviates from the average result by more
used with the resistance and safety factors given in this than 10%, at least three more tests shall be performed.
Specification shall be calculated as follows: For LRFD of building-type structures, the design strength
Rn = Rtm – Kσx (1.3-1) shall be the average of all test results multiplied by the resis-
tance factor φ determined as follows:
where
Rn = nominal strength VM 2 +VF 2 + C nVP 2 +VQ 2
φ = 1.5Mm Fme – β O
(1.3-2)
Rtm = mean strength of all tests
σx = standard deviation of the test strengths
For ASD of building-type structures, the allowable
K = statistical coefficient based on the number of tests n.
strength shall be the average of all test results divided by the
K is a one-sided factor for 99% of the population exceeding
safety factor Ω determined as follows:
Xa with a confidence of 95%. Values of K for the following
values of n are: 1.05α + 1 βo VM 2 +VF 2 + C nVP 2 +VQ 2
Ω= e (1.3-3)
M m Fm (α + 1)
where
n2 − 1
Cn = correction factor = 2
n − 3n
Dn = nominal dead load
e = base for natural logarithms ≈ 2.72
Fm = mean value of the fabrication factor, the ratio of
the specimen’s relevant geometric property to its
nominal value
January 2015 I - 73
I - 74 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
1.4.4 Deflections
Deflections shall meet the requirements of Section L.3.
APPENDIX 2 Reserved
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 I - 75
Srd = Cf N -1/m (3.2-2) one quarter of the minimum thickness of the parts joined but
Cf, m = constants from Table 3.2 shall not be less than 3/16 in. (5 mm).
N = number of stress cycles Re-entrant corners shall have a radius of at least 3/4 in.
If the applied stress range Sra is less than the constant (20 mm).
amplitude fatigue limit given in Table 3.2, no further Fillet welds on outstanding elements shall be returned
fatigue assessment is required. The design stress range Srd around the end of the element for a distance of at least twice
shall not be less than the value from Equation 3.2-2 when N the nominal weld size.
= 5 × 106 cycles and shall not be greater than the value from Punched or scribed layout marks shall not remain on parts.
Equation 3.2-2 when N = 100,000 cycles.
I - 76 January 2015
Fillet Welds Base metal at the junction of axially loaded members with fillet-welded end connections. E 15, 17
Welds shall be disposed about the axis of the members so as to balance weld stresses.
Shear stress in weld metal of continuous or intermittent longitudinal or transverse fillet welds. F 5, 15, 18
Base metal and weld metal at full-penetration groove welded splices of parts of similar cross B 9, 10
section ground flush, with grinding in the direction of applied stress and with weld soundness
established by radiographic or ultrasonic inspection.
Base metal and weld metal at full-penetration groove welded splices at transitions in width or B 11. 12
Groove thickness, with welds ground to slopes < 1: 2.5, with grinding in the direction of applied stress,
Welds and with weld soundness established by radiographic or ultrasonic inspection.
Base metal and weld metal at full-penetration groove welded splices with or without transitions C 9,10, 11, 12
with slopes < 1: 2.5, when reinforcement is not removed and/or weld soundness is not estab-
lished by radiographic or ultrasonic inspection.
Base metal and weld metal at full-penetration groove welds with permanent backing. E 22
Base metal detail of any length attached by groove welds subject to transverse and/or longitudinal
loading, with a transition radius R > 2 in. (50 mm) and with the weld termination ground smooth:
R > 24 in. (610 mm) B 13
24 in. > R > 6 in. (150 mm) C 13
6 in. > R > 2 in. (50 mm) D 13
Base metal at a detail attached by groove welds or fillet welds with a detail dimension parallel C 19
to the direction of stress a < 2 in. (50 mm)
Base metal at a detail attached by groove welds or fillet welds subject to longitudinal loading,
Attachments with a transition radius, if any, < 2 in. (50 mm):
2 in. (50 mm) < a < 12b or 4 in. (100 mm)
a > 12b or 4 in. (100 mm)
Base metal at a detail of any length attached by fillet welds or partial-penetration groove welds D 14
in the direction parallel to the stress, with a transition radius R > 2 in. (50 mm), and the weld E 14, 19, 20
termination is ground smooth:
R > 24 in. (610 mm) B 16
24 in. > R > 6 in. (150 mm) C 16
6 in. > R > 2 in. (50 mm) D 16
Base metal and filler metal at a pair of circumferential fillet welds at least 0.48D apart in a F1 23
tube’s longitudinal direction, where D = the outside diameter of the tube. Fillet welds shall
be sufficient to develop the static bending strength of the tube and be placed in the following
Luminaire
order: weld the top of the base and the tube, then weld the end of the tube and the bottom
Base Welds
of the base. The base shall be for a top mounted luminaire or as a support for a short arm,
defined as that producing no more than 5 ksi (35 MPa) tensile dead load stress in the tube at
top of the base.
Q See Figure 3.1. These examples are provided as guidelines and are not intended to exclude other similar details.
W Tensile stresses are considered to be positive and compressive stresses are considered to be negative.
January 2015 I - 77
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2
6
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3 7
or
Figure 3.1
FATIGUE DESIGN DETAILS
I - 78 January 2015
12
groove
weld
9
13
a
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
10 14
Figure 3.1
FATIGUE DESIGN DETAILS
January 2015 I - 79
a
15
19
groove
o r fillet w
eld
a
R $ 2 (5
0 mm) b
16 20
groove weld
21
17
22
18
Figure 3.1
FATIGUE DESIGN DETAILS
I - 80 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Bolt Circle
Diameter
D
23
Figure 3.1
FATIGUE DESIGN DETAILS
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 3.2
CONSTANTS FOR S-N CURVES
Constant Amplitude
Detail Cf m
Fatigue Limit
Category
ksi MPa ksi MPa
A 96.5 665 6.85 10.2 70
B 130 900 4.84 5.4 37
C 278 1920 3.64 4.0 28
D 157 1080 3.73 2.5 17
E 160 1100 3.45 1.8 13
F 174 1200 3.42 1.9 13
F1 29.0 200 7.31 3.2 22
Q Constant amplitude fatigue limit is based on N = 5 x 106 except for detail category F1 where N = 10 x 106.
January 2015 I - 81
I - 82 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 I - 83
o
F o
C Ftym /Fty Ftum /Ftu Ftym /Fty Ftum /Ftu Ftym /Fty Ftum /Ftu
4.2.3.2 Thermal Expansion es and deformations in the members of the structure devel-
oped by the temperatures of the design-basis fire.
Thermal expansion for temperatures between 70oF
Individual members shall be provided with adequate
and 600oF (20oC and 300oC) shall be determined using a co-
strength to resist the shears, axial forces, and moments de-
efficient of thermal expansion for aluminum of 14.2 × 10-6/
oF (25.6 × 10-6/oC).
termined by this analysis.
Connections shall develop the strength of the connected
members or the forces indicated above. Where the means of
4.2.3.3 Specific Heat providing the fire resistance requires the consideration of de-
The specific heat of aluminum alloys is 0.23 Btu/lb/oF formation criteria, the deformation of the structural system
(960 J/kg/oC) at 212oF (100oC). or members thereof under the design-basis fire shall not ex-
ceed the prescribed limits.
4.2.4 Structural Design Requirements
4.2.4.3 Methods of Analysis
4.2.4.1 General Structural Integrity
4.2.4.3.1 Advanced Methods of Analysis
Structures shall provide adequate strength and
deformation capacity to withstand the conditions developed The methods of analysis in this section are permitted for
during the design-basis fire within the prescribed limits of the design of all aluminum structures for fire conditions.
deformation. The structural system shall be designed to The design-basis fire exposure shall be that determined
sustain local damage with the structural system as a whole in Section 4.2.1. The analysis shall include both a thermal re-
remaining stable. sponse and the mechanical response to the design-basis fire.
Continuous load paths shall be provided to transfer all The thermal response shall produce a temperature field
forces from the region exposed to fire to the final point of in each structural element as a result of the design-basis fire
resistance. The foundation shall be designed to resist the and shall incorporate temperature-dependent thermal prop-
forces and to accommodate the deformations developed erties of the structural elements and fire-resistive materials
during the design-basis fire. in accordance with Section 4.2.2.
The mechanical response results in forces and
4.2.4.2 Strength Requirements and deformations in the structural system subjected to the ther-
Deformation Limits mal response calculated from the design-basis fire. The me-
chanical response shall explicitly account for the deteriora-
Conformance of the structural system to these require- tion in strength and stiffness with increasing temperature,
ments shall be demonstrated by constructing a mathemati- the effect of thermal expansion, and large deformations.
cal model of the structure based on principles of structural Boundary conditions and connection fixity in the analysis
mechanics and evaluating this model for the internal forc- shall be representative of the proposed structural design.
I - 84 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 I - 85
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a) The filler metals used in the structure shall be a) whether the evaluation was performed by structural
identified from records or chemical analysis of representative analysis or a combination of structural analysis and load
samples of weld metal. testing;
b) If welds do not meet the visual inspection criteria of b) when testing is performed, the loads and load
AWS D1.2, additional inspection shall be conducted to de- combinations used and the load-deformation and time-
termine their strength. deformation relationships observed;
c) information obtained from records and material testing;
5.2.3 Bolts and Rivets d) the allowable strength or design strength of the
structure; and
Unless bolt or rivet strength can be determined from e) the date the evaluation was performed.
records or markings, representative samples shall be
removed and tested to determine tensile strength in
accordance with ASTM F 606 or ASTM F 606M.
5.3.1 Dimensions
Dimensions and the condition of structural members and
connections shall be determined from records and/or from
a field survey.
I - 86 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(ASD) (6-4)
⎝ Lb ⎠
6.1.1 Bracing Types
where
a) A relative brace controls movement of the braced point Lb = distance between braces. In Equation 6-4, Lb
with respect to adjacent braced points. need not be taken less than the maximum unbraced
b) A nodal brace controls movement of the braced point length kL permitted for the column based on the re-
without direct interaction with adjacent braced points. quired axial strength Pr.
c) Continuous bracing is bracing attached along the en-
tire member length. Pt = required axial compressive strenghth
⎛ 2 Pr ⎞
βbr = Ω ⎜
⎝ Lb ⎟⎠
(ASD) (6-2)
January 2015 I - 87
⎛ 2.4 LM r 2 ⎞
where βT = Ω ⎜ 2 ⎟
(ASD) (6-11)
ho = distance between flange centroids ⎝ nEI yCb ⎠
Cd = 1.0 except Cd = 2.0 for the brace closest to
the inflection point in a beam subject to 3.3E ⎛ 1.5 hot w 3 t sbs 3 ⎞
βsec = +
ho ⎜⎝ 12 12 ⎟⎠
double curvature (6-12)
Lb = distance between braces
where
Mr = required flexural strength
L = span length. In Equation 6-9, Lb need not
be taken less than the maximum unbraced
6.3.1.2 Nodal Bracing
length permitted for the beam based on
The required strength is the required flexural strength Mr.
n = number of nodal braced points in the span
Prb = 0.02Mr Cd /ho (6-7) Iy = out-of-plane moment of inertia
Cb = beam coefficient determined in accordance
The required stiffness is with Section F.1.1
tw = beam web thickness
1 ⎛ 10 M r Cd ⎞ ts = beam web stiffener thickness
βbr =
φ ⎜⎝ Lb ho ⎟⎠ (LRFD) (6-8)
bs = stiffener width for one-sided stiffeners (use twice
the individual width for pairs of stiffeners)
⎛ 10 M r Cd ⎞ βT = overall brace system stiffness
βbr = Ω ⎜ (ASD) (6-8) βsec = web distortional stiffness, including the effect
⎝ Lb ho ⎟⎠
of web transverse stiffeners, if any
where
ho = distance between flange centroids Web stiffeners shall extend the full depth of the braced
Cd = 1.0 except Cd = 2.0 for the brace closest to the in- member and shall be attached to the flange if the torsional
flection point in a beam subject to double curvature brace is also attached to the flange. Alternatively, the
Lb = distance between braces. In Equation 6-8, Lb need stiffener may end a distance of 4tw from any beam flange
not be taken less than the maximum unbraced length that is not directly attached to the torsional brace.
permitted for the beam based on the required flex-
ural strength Mr. 6.3.2.2 Continuous Bracing
Mr = required flexural strength
For continuous bracing, use Equations 6-9 and 6-10 with
the following modifications:
6.3.2 Torsional Bracing
Bracing shall be attached to the braced member at a) L/n = 1.0;
any cross section location on the member and need not b) Lb shall be taken as the maximum unbraced length
be attached near the compression flange. permitted for the beam based on the required flexural
strength Mr;
6.3.2.1 Nodal Bracing c) The web distortional stiffness shall be taken as:
The required strength is 3.3Et w 3
βsec = (6-13)
0.024 M r L 12 ho
Mrb = (6-9)
nCb Lb
I - 88 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 I - 89
PART II
II - 2 January 2015
TABLE OF CONTENTS
January 2015 II - 3
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
II - 4 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter I Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
January 2015 II - 5
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Chapter K Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
II - 6 January 2015
Appendix 2 Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
January 2015 II - 7
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4.2.4.3.1 Advanced Methods of Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.4.3.2 Simple Methods of Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.4.4 Design Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 DESIGN BY QUALIFICATION TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.1 Qualification Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2 Restrained Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
II - 8 January 2015
A.3 MATERIAL Shear Ultimate Strength: The table below shows the
relationship between Fsu and Ftu for the alloy-temper and
products in the 2010 Specification. Fsu = 0.6Ftu with a coef-
A.3.1 General Provisions ficient of variation of 4.4%. This equation gives a larger Fsu
Modulus of Elasticity: The modulus of elasticity E giv- than the 2010 Table A.3.4 by a maximum of 12% (in the
en in Table A.3.1 is a typical value for compression. The case of 5154-H34 sheet). The Specification uses the same
tensile modulus of elasticity is approximately 2% less than relationship for shear yielding: Fsy = 0.6Fty.
the compressive modulus. While the modulus varies slightly
among aluminum alloys, for all but 2014, the difference be- Fsu /Ftu
tween 10,100 ksi (70,000 MPa) and a more accurate modu- average 0.60
lus is 5% or less, and zero for most alloys. This variation minimum 0.53
is small compared to typical engineering accuracy. More
maximum 0.65
precise moduli are given in Aluminum Standards and Data
(2013) Table 2.1. standard deviation 0.026
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion: More precise co- coefficient of variation 0.044
efficients of thermal expansion than those given in this
Section are given in the Aluminum Design Manual Part IV Compressive Yield Strength: The table below shows
Table 8 and in Aluminum Standards and Data. the relationship between Fcy and Fty for the alloy-temper and
Density: More precise densities than those given in this products in the 2010 Specification.
Section are given in the Aluminum Design Manual Part IV a) For non-cold-worked tempers, Fcy = Fty with a coef-
Table 7 and in Aluminum Standards and Data. ficient of variation of 1.0%. This equation gives a larger Fcy
Shear Yield Strength: The shear yield strength Fsy is than the 2010 Table A.3.4 by a maximum of 4% (in the case
based on the von Mises yield criterion that of 2014-T6 rod and bar).
b) For cold-worked tempers, Fcy = 0.9Fty with a coeffi-
Fty cient of variation of 6.6%. This equation gives a larger Fcy
Fsy = , approximated as Fsy = 0.6 Fty.
3 than the 2010 Table A.3.4 by a maximum of 11% (in the
Prior to the 2015 edition of the Specification for Alumi- case of 5456-H116, H32, and H321 plate).
num Structures, the compressive yield strength Fcy and shear
January 2015 II - 9
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
II - 10 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and the longitudinal direction is the direction of the stress of no larger than approximately 1/8 in. (3 mm) and this is the
interest for member design. The longitudinal welded yield same as the ultrasonic inspection Grade B flaw size limit for
strength is the average of the welded yield strength of the wrought plate in Aluminum Standards and Data (Table 6.3).
base metal in the weld-affected zone and the welded yield Once the acceptance criteria for an individual casting are
strength of the filler. determined, the number of castings from a given lot to be
The notch strength is the tensile ultimate strength of a radiographed and the acceptance criteria for the lot must be
standard notched specimen. Kaufman (2001) documented established. Standards for Aluminum Sand and Permanent
the notch strength of a number of aluminum alloy-tempers Mold Castings establishes four frequency levels for inspec-
and suggested ASTM tests for determining notch strength. tion, Level 1 requiring the most frequent inspection (radio-
Alloy-tempers with notch-strength-to-yield-strength ra- graphing every casting). Inspection Level 2 requires a statis-
tios less than 1 are considered to be notch sensitive, since tically determined frequency of sampling and is used in this
they will rupture at a notch before yielding. Such alloy-tem- Specification. Level 3 leaves the inspection frequency up to
pers require a reduction in the tensile ultimate strength used the foundry and Level 4 requires no radiographs; therefore,
for design. This reduction is made by dividing the tensile neither requires inspection.
ultimate strength by the tension coefficient kt, a coefficient Strengths given in Table A.3.4 are taken from ASTM B
greater than or equal to 1. 108 for permanent mold castings. For certain alloy-tempers,
The kt factor of 1.25 for 2014-T6 has been used since B 108 allows the purchaser to specify either 1) that all loca-
publication of ASCE (1956). tions in the casting shall have certain B 108-specified tensile
The kt factor of 1.25 for 6005-T5 and 6105-T5 is strengths, or 2) purchaser-designated locations in the cast-
based on the fact that Kaufman (2001) shows that the unit ing that shall have certain B 108-specified tensile strengths.
propagation energy for 6005-T5 is no greater than that for The strengths for case 2 are usually greater than those for
2014-T6. case 1. For both cases 1 and 2, the strengths in Table A.3.4
are the B 108-specified strengths without any factors.
A.3.3 Castings The strengths specified in ASTM B 26 Table 2 for sand
castings are for separately cast test bars and not for the cast-
ASTM B 26 and B 108 do not specify tensile yield ings themselves. Section 11.3 of ASTM B 26 states, “When
strengths for some of the cast alloy-tempers they include specified, the tensile strength, yield strength, and elonga-
(for example, sand cast 356.0-T7). These alloy-tempers tion values of specimens cut from castings shall not be less
are not included in Table A.3.4 (and therefore are excluded than 75% of the tensile and yield strength values and not
from the scope of this Specification) since design usually less than 25% of the elongation values specified in Table
uses the yield strength. There are also other alloy-tempers 2.” Therefore, the strengths given in Table A.3.4 for sand
in B 26 or B 108 that are not included in Table A.3.4 and
castings are 75% of the ASTM B 26 Table 2 strengths to
therefore not included in this Specification. represent what a purchaser would expect to receive if he
ASTM B 26 and B 108 do not require conformance with requires testing of the actual castings.
dimensional standards (tolerances) as do ASTM Specifica-
Kaufman (2001) Figure 5.4 provides notch-strength-to-
tions for wrought products (for example, B 209). Therefore, yield-strength ratios for various sand and permanent mold
dimensional standards for castings are established in this
alloy/temper products. The alloy/temper products in this
Specification as those in the Aluminum Association Stan- Specification have notch-yield ratios > 1.0, so no reduction
dards for Aluminum Sand and Permanent Mold Castings.
in tensile fracture strength is required for notch sensitivity
Castings are more prone to discontinuities than wrought for these alloy-tempers and the tension coefficient kt is 1.0.
products. Therefore, this Specification includes discontinu-
ity standards for castings in order for them to be designed to
A.3.4 Filler Metal for Welding
the same Specification provisions as wrought products. The
quality standards are based on the following: This Specification and AWS D1.2 require that weld filler
ASTM B 26 and B 108 (section 20) both include options metal comply with AWS A5.10. Tables M.9.1 and M.9.2
for liquid penetrant and radiographic inspection that may be show the appropriate filler alloy for various base metal com-
specified by the purchaser. Liquid penetrant inspection de- binations.
tects only surface flaws, so it is insufficient. ASTM B 26 and For 1100 and 5000 series filler alloys, tensile strengths
B 108 only require radiographic inspection be performed if are based on the tensile strengths of annealed alloys with
January 2015 II - 11
Table CA.3.1
SOURCES OF TENSILE STRENGTH FOR FILLERS
FILLER TENSILE STRENGTH SOURCE NOTES
1100 1100-O 1100 filler and 1100 base metal have the same chemical composition
2319 2219 weld qualification strength 2219 and 2319 have identical chemical composition except Ti content:
2219 has 0.02 to 0.10% and 2319 has 0.10 to 0.20%
5183 5083-O 5083 and 5183 have identical chemical composition except Mg content:
5083 has 4.0 to 4.9% and 5183 has 4.3 to 5.2%, and Mn content: 5083
has 0.40 to 1.0% and 5183 has 0.50 to 1.0%
5356 5086-O
5554 5454-O 5454 and 5554 have identical chemical composition except Ti content:
5454 has 0 to 0.20% and 5554 has 0.05 to 0.20%
5556 5456-O 5456 and 5556 have identical chemical composition except Ti content:
5456 has 0 to 0.20% and 5556 has 0.05 to 0.20%
5654 5254-O 5254 and 5654 have identical chemical composition except Ti content:
5254 has 0 to 0.05% and 5654 has 0.05 to 0.15%
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
II - 12 January 2015
b) Determine the shear ultimate strength of longitudinal multiplying the machined specimen stresses corresponding
fillet welds in accordance with the AWS B4.0 fillet weld to strength by the root area are 0 to 7% greater than bolt ten-
shear test method. Test at least 12 specimens from each sile strengths determined by multiplying the full-size bolt
of 4 different thicknesses. Determine the effective throat stresses corresponding to strength by the tensile stress area.
of fillets by measuring a macroetched specimen from each This difference is considered sufficiently small to be accept-
fillet weld. able for design purposes. Bolt dimensions are given in Part
VI, Table 5-4. ASTM F467, Nonferrous Nuts for General
For each test, report: Use, includes 2024-T4, 6061-T6, and 6262-T9 aluminum
• The alloy and chemical composition of each filler lot nuts. Nut dimensions are given in Part VI, Table 5-5.
• The time elapsed between welding and testing Steel (uncoated or coated with zinc or other coatings)
• The times and temperatures of any post-weld and stainless steel bolts are often used to connect aluminum
heat treatment parts. The AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings
• Material certifications for the filler alloy and includes design rules for ASTM A307, A325, and A449
base metals steel bolts. ASCE 8-02, Specification for the Design of
• Base metal alloys, temper before welding, and Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members, provides
product specification design rules for fasteners meeting ASTM F593, Stainless
• A procedure qualification record (PQR) and welding Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. Steel fasteners with
procedure specification (WPS) for each WPS used a specified minimum tensile strength greater than 120 ksi
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
• A welder performance qualification record (those with a Rockwell hardness greater than or equal to
(WPQR) for each welder or welding operator. C35) may suffer hydrogen-assisted stress corrosion crack-
Use at least two welders or welding operators. ing (HASCC) when exposed to certain dissimilar materials
• The individual test results (including aluminum), moisture, and tensile stress due to
• The location of rupture. installation or loading. Examples of fasteners that are not to
be used in contact with aluminum are A490 bolts and Grade
8 (SAE J429) bolts or screws, all of which have a specified
A.3.5 Bolts, Washers, and Nuts
minimum tensile strength of 150 ksi. Each of the maximum
This Specification addresses aluminum bolts, washers, hardness values (C38 for A490 and C39 for Grade 8) ex-
and nuts only. ASTM F468, Nonferrous Bolts, Hex Cap ceeds C34.
Screws, Socket Head Cap Screws, and Studs for General
Use, includes 2024-T4, 6061-T6, and 7075-T73 aluminum A.3.6 Rivets
bolts. The strengths given in Table A.3.7 are the F468 stress-
es corresponding to strength of machined specimens. Sec- This Specification addresses aluminum rivets only.
tion J.3.4 requires that these stresses be multiplied by the ASTM B 316, Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Rivet and
root area to determine the tensile strength of a bolt. F468 Cold-Heading Wire and Rods, provides the strengths that
gives lesser tensile stresses corresponding to the strength of are used in Table A.3.8.
full-size bolts and requires that these stresses be multiplied Carbon steel rivets should not be used unless a) the alu-
by the tensile stress area to determine the strength of a bolt. minum is joined to carbon steel (see Section M.7.1) and cor-
The tensile stress area is greater than the root area. How- rosion resistance of the structure is not required, or b) the
ever, for 1/4" ≤ D ≤ 1", bolt tensile strengths determined by structure is protected against corrosion.
January 2015 II - 13
II - 14 January 2015
January 2015 II - 15
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure CB.3.2
DEFINITION OF THE RELIABILITY
INDEX β
II - 16 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Category Ω Rm /Rn VR Description
January 2015 II - 17
b b
Category Description
for D/L = 0.1 for D/L = 0.2
Resistance factors in this Specification were chosen to Table CB.3.4 shows that for D/L ratios of about 0.5 or
achieve similar levels of safety and reliability for ASD and less, resistance factors of 0.75 for rupture, 0.90 for all other
LRFD. To do so, the relationship between safety factors and member limit states, 0.65 for bolt or rivet failure, and 0.5 for
resistance factors can be established as follows: screw failure are no less conservative than ASD; therefore,
For ASD: Rn / Ω = D + L this Specification uses these resistance factors. This matches
For LRFD: φRn = AD + BL the 2005 AISC Specification for rupture and other member
limit states.
where A = dead load factor = 1.2
B = live load factor = 1.6.
Solving for φ
φ = [A(D/L) + B]/[Ω(1 + D/L)].
II - 18 January 2015
January 2015 II - 19
II - 20 January 2015
January 2015 II - 21
30.0
D
25.0
20.0
E
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0
Slenderness (Rb/t)0.5
CB.5.2
PIPES AND ROUND TUBES
II - 22 January 2015
January 2015 II - 23
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
matches the factor used by AISC and ranges from 1.0 for Pr
< 0.5Py to 0 for Pr = Py. This can be addressed by using τbI
in place of I in the analysis.
5) The 0.8 factor on member stiffness due to uncertainty
in stiffness and strength is the product of the resistance fac-
tor for columns (0.90) and the reduction factor (0.85) on
the buckling strength of slender columns. The 0.8 factor
also accounts for additional softening under combined axial
compression and bending of intermediate or stocky col-
umns. This can be addressed by using 0.8E in place of E in
the analysis.
II - 24 January 2015
January 2015 II - 25
y Figure CD.3.5
neutral axis
of tee x
x
d) For I beams connected only by the web, eccentricities
are determined as shown in Figure CD.3.6.
y
y y
(a) (b)
Figure CD.3.3
x x
b) For channels connected only by their webs the eccen-
tricities are as shown in Figure CD.3.4.
x
y y y
y
Figure CD.3.6
x x
If there is only one row of bolts in the direction of load or
the only weld has an axis perpendicular to the direction of
load, the length of the connection L is zero and the effective
net area is the net area of the connected elements.
y
x y
Figure CD.3.4
Figure CD.3.4
II - 26 January 2015
January 2015 II - 27
--`,,,,,,,`,````,
II - 28 January 2015
40
35
30
25
Stress
20
6061-T6
extrusions
15
Elas c-
10 Plas c
0
0.000 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.070 0.080
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Strain
Figure CF.2.1
January 2015 II - 29
II - 30 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
January 2015 II - 31
II - 32 January 2015
F.4.2 Slenderness for Lateral-Torsional Buckling Substituting for Me in the equation above gives
Lb Me
rye =
π Cb ES x
January 2015 II - 33
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
160.0
140.0
120.0
100.0
L b /(1.2ry )
80.0
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
60.0
Lb = 48
40.0
Lb = 120
20.0
0.0
0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0
Lb /rye
Figure CF.4.2
COMPARING LTB SLENDERNESS RATIOS FOR AA STANDARD I BEAMS
II - 34 January 2015
January 2015 II - 35
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
π2 E
fe = .
λ2
II - 36 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table CF.5.1
EQUIVALENT SLENDERNESS RATIOS FOR ANGLE LEGS
Stress Equivalent Equivalent Angle orientation
distribution slenderness slenderness
Case on leg of angle ratio/(b/t) ratio/(b/t)
(pinned support) (fixed support)
free edge
1 5.13 2.89
supported edge
free edge
2 4.45 2.62
supported edge
free edge
3 3.64 2.27
supported edge
free edge
4 2.56 1.36
supported edge
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 II - 37
II - 38 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 II - 39
II - 40 January 2015
January 2015 II - 41
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
II - 42 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 II - 43
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,
Longitudinal Shear Transverse Shear Fsuwt / J.3.1 Holes and Slots for Bolts
Filler Fsuwl
Strength Fsuwl (ksi) Strength Fsuwt (ksi) It may be appropriate to limit hole diameter to 1/32 in.
(0.8 mm) larger than the bolt diameter for bolts with a nomi-
1100 7.5 7.5 1.0
nal diameter of 3/8 in. (9 mm) or less.
2319 16 16 1.0
4043 11.5 15 1.30 J.3.2 Minimum Spacing of Bolts
4643 13.5 20 1.48 The minimum spacing requirement is intended to pro-
5356 17 26 1.53 vide sufficient clearance for installation tools and washers.
5554 17 23 1.35
5556 20 30 1.50 J.3.3 Minimum Edge Distance of Bolts
Edge distance requirements (2D for full bearing strength
The stud weld strengths given in Table J.2.2 are based and a minimum of 1.5D with reduced bearing strength) have
on theory rather than tests, since test data is lacking. AWS been selected so that for a single fastener, the block shear
D1.2:2014 Table 6.1 provides minimum tensile strengths of strength equals or exceeds the bearing strength. So for a
5083, 5086, 5183, 5356, 5554, and 5556 studs to qualify single fastener, meeting the bearing requirements negates
stud weld procedure specifications. the need to check block shear.
The stud weld strengths given in Table J.2.2 are for Edge distance requirements apply to free edges of a part
threaded studs. only, and not to the corner of a structural shape such as the
heel of an angle.
J.2.7 Post-Weld Heat Treatment
The post-weld heat-treated strength of 6063 is based J.3.4 Bolt Tension
on a study of 27 weldments conducted by the National The use of the root area for determining the tensile
Electric Manufacturers Association in 1973. The artificial strength of aluminum fasteners rather than the slightly larger
aging heat treatment is given in Aluminum Standards and tensile stress area used for steel fasteners is based on Dewalt
Data 2013 Table 3.4. The post-weld heat-treated strength and Mack (1980). The root area is based on the nominal
is less than the artificially aged strength (the T6 strength) minor diameter of external threads (D – 1.191/n) given in
because after welding and before post-weld heat-treating, ASME B1.1-1989, Unified Inch Screw Threads (reaffirmed
the weld-affected material does not have a solution heat in 2001) section 10.1.
treated (T4) temper.
II - 44 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 II - 45
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
J.3.7.4 Bolt Tension and Shear J.4.1 Holes for Cold-Driven Rivets
Slip-critical connections must be designed assuming slip Holes for cold-driven rivets are sized so that the rivet
could occur, placing shear on the bolt and bearing on the completely fills the hole when driven.
sides of the hole.
J.4.3 Minimum Edge Distance of Rivets
J.3.7.5 Slip Resistance
See Section J.3.4.
Slip coefficients are given for two contact surfaces:
roughened aluminum on roughened aluminum, and rough- J.4.4 Rivet Tension
ened aluminum on zinc-rich painted steel. Kissell and Ferry
(1997) tested these surfaces in accordance with the test Rivets are sensitive to grip (the thickness of the parts
method given in the RCSC Specification for both slip and joined) and hole size, since these parameters affect the fas-
creep. Slip coefficients for other surfaces may be determined tener's head dimensions, unlike bolted installations. If the
by testing in accordance with the RCSC Specification. hole is too large or mislocated, or if the parts are slightly
Luttrell (1999) and Fortlin, et al. (2001) showed that thicker or thinner than the thickness the rivet was selected
bolt tension is not significantly affected if the temperature for, the rivet head formed during installation is imperfect.
changes from the installation temperature. These effects are greater on tensile strength than shear
Tests of mill finish aluminum surfaces degreased and strength, since unless the rivet falls out of the connection,
dried have generally achieved relatively low coefficients of shear can still be resisted, but in tension the parts can begin
friction. to disengage without a proper head on both sides of the parts
joined. The tensile strength of riveted connections, there-
fore, can vary significantly.
J.3.7.6 Washers
Washers are required under all bolt heads and nuts. This J.4.5 Rivet Shear
requirement is intended to minimize galling of the outer ply
of aluminum and creep relaxation of bolt tension. The shear strength of aluminum rivets is based on the
rivet filling the hole so the effective shear area of the rivet is
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
II - 46 January 2015
Based on limited testing, it appears that the bearing force Setting fs = Fsu , the shear ultimate strength of the pin,
exerted on a connected part by a screw should be limited
to that which produces a hole elongation of D/8 to avoid Fsu πD 2
and rearranging, Vn =
threads disengaging from the sides of the hole. Therefore, 4
testing is recommended to establish the bearing strength of
screwed connections that are subjected to both bearing and
tensile loads.
II - 48 January 2015
January 2015 II - 49
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
If the compressive stress exceeds the elastic local buck- L.6 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION
ling stress Fe, the full section is not effective in resisting Aluminum’s coefficient of thermal expansion is approxi-
deflection. This Specification only allows this if the element
mately 13 × 10-6/oF (23 × 10-6/oC). For structures exposed
strength is based on post-buckling strength as it is in Sec-
to ambient temperature fluctuations, provision for thermal
tions B.5.4.1, B.5.4.2, B.5.4.3, B.5.5.1, and B.5.5.3. Re-
movement such as expansion joints may be required to limit
duced effective section provisions do not apply to B.5.4.4,
stresses.
for example, since this section does not allow post-buckling
strength for such elements (supported on both edges and
L.7 CONNECTION SLIP
with an intermediate stiffener). The method used to ac-
count for the effect of local buckling on the post-buckling Slip-critical connections are addressed in Section J.3.7.
behavior of structural members is to consider that at stresses
above the local buckling stress only part of the buckled ele-
ment is effective in carrying load. Sooi and Peköz (1993)
and Jombock and Clark (1968) documented this approach.
AAMA TIR A11 limits deflections of components that
support glass or similar brittle materials. Some building
codes also limit deflections.
L.4 VIBRATION
Vibration of aluminum structural members can cause
fatigue failures. Vibrations may be caused by cyclically ap-
plied loads from machinery, by wind or other fluids moving
over the structure, or by traffic on a bridge. When the fre-
quency of the applied load is close to the natural frequency
of the structure, the amplitude of the vibrations can be large,
especially for lightly damped structures. The amplitude of
the vibrations can be minimized by adjusting the stiffness
of the structural components so that the natural frequency
of the structure is less than half or more than twice the fre-
quency of the applied loads or by sufficiently dampening the
structural movement.
II - 50 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
M.2.3 Re-entrant Corners AAMA 2603 Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum
Fillets reduce stresses at re-entrant corners of parts. The Extrusions and Panels
proper fillet radius varies depending on the part and its use. AAMA 2604 High Performance Organic Coatings on
AWS D1.1:2004, the steel structural welding code, Section Aluminum Extrusions and Panels
5.16, requires a minimum fillet radius of 1 in. (25 mm). AAMA 2605 Superior Performing Organic Coatings on
AWS D1.2:2014, the aluminum welding code, Section 4.13, Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.
requires ½ in. (12 mm) for statically loaded members and
¾ in. (20 mm) for cyclically loaded members. In Specifica- Where water is allowed to stand between aluminum parts
tion Table 3.1, the smallest radius for attachments for which in contact, oxidation called water staining may result. While
fatigue categories are provided is 2 in. (50 mm). Specifica- this oxidation has little or no effect on material strength and
tion Section 3.4 specifies a minimum radius of ¾ in. for will not progress after the water is removed, it is unsight-
members subject to fatigue. ly and difficult to remove. It can be prevented by keeping
aluminum dry or out of contact with other aluminum parts
M.3 HEATING when moisture can be present.
Alloys 535.0, 5083, 5086, 5154, and 5456 have magne- M.6.2 Surface Preparation
sium contents greater than 3%. When such alloys are held
within the temperature range of 150oF (66oC) to 450oF Proper surface preparation is required for good paint ad-
(230oC), they may “sensitize” and subsequently suffer ex- herence.
foliation and stress corrosion cracking. The length of time
in this temperature range determines the degree of sensitiza- M.6.3 Abrasion Blasting
tion to exfoliation and stress corrosion cracking. Abrasion blasting can be used to clean material or finish
The strength of tempered metal can be reduced by ex- the surface. Abrasive media includes steel grit, silica sand,
posure to elevated temperature processes (such as factory aluminum oxide, crushed walnut shells, or coal slag. Peen-
paint curing, firing of porcelain enamel coatings, and hot ing can be used to improve fatigue strength by introducing
forming). See the commentary to Section A.3.1.1. compressive stress near the surface and is typically achieved
with steel or stainless steel shot.
M.4 HOLES Residual stresses from blasting or peening can curl thin
material. Abrasion blasting may also reduce the thickness
M.4.1 Fabrication Methods of material. Consideration should be given to the effect on
strength if the thickness is reduced by more than standard
The prohibition against punching parts thicker than the mill tolerances for the material.
hole diameter is to guard against break-out at the back side
of the hole. M.7 CONTACT WITH DISSIMILAR MATERIALS
M.5 BENDING Isolators such as Teflon and neoprene may be placed
between aluminum and other materials to prevent contact.
Minimum bend radii for 90o cold forming of sheet and The isolator must be nonporous to avoid trapping water
plate are given in Part VI Table 3-1 for various alloys and or other substances in the joint and compatible with both
tempers. These radii are approximate and are a function of the aluminum and the dissimilar material in the intended
the direction of the bend line with respect to the rolling or service.
January 2015 II - 51
II - 52 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure CM.9.1
Figure CM.9.2
January 2015 II - 53
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2) Welds may have lower strength than the base metal No welding should be done across the ends. The dou-
(e.g., welds in 6061-T6 alloy). One way to reduce the effect blers should be as wide as possible, consistent with leaving
this has on load carrying capacity is by locating the welds room for a fillet weld on each side. The doubler length (l)
in areas of low stress. Beams can be fabricated by welding should be greater than its width (w) by a ratio of at least 3 to
together longitudinal extrusions with joints located in webs 1, which orients the fillet welds nearly parallel to the stress
near the neutral axis (Figure CM.9.4). Since the web is of- direction.
ten much thinner than the flanges, the amount and cost of 4) When stiffening a panel or member, care should be
welding are reduced. taken to avoid abrupt changes in cross sections. Reinforc-
ing stiffeners should have tapered ends (Figure CM.9.6) to
avoid fatigue cracks at the end of the stiffener.
Figure
FigureCM.9.6
CM.9.6
5) A common design issue is joining members at corners
to give an economical, structurally sound, and aesthetically
pleasing connection. Figure CM.9.7 illustrates corner de-
Figure CM.9.4 tails. Double fillets or bends to allow a butt or a lap joint
should be used.
3) Rectangular doubler plates welded on four sides have
transverse welds which reduce the member’s strength. If
only the sides of the doubler are welded, the longitudinal
welds may become so highly stressed that they fail. When
a doubler plate is necessary, it should be diamond shaped
(Figure CM.9.5), avoiding a sudden cross-sectional change.
II - 54 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure CM.9.8
January 2015 II - 55
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
II - 56 January 2015
January 2015 II - 57
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.4 TESTING ROOFING AND SIDING
1.3.1 Method 1
Deflection limits for roofing and siding tests should be
Section 1.3.1 provides an equation to statistically estab- selected accounting for the possibility of ponding.
lish the strength, with a confidence of 95%, which 99% of
II - 58 January 2015
If information on the number of stress cycles is available removing sites for fatigue crack initiation. Sometimes the
for similar structures of materials other than aluminum, the designer can locate joints or discontinuities in areas of low
same values may be used for aluminum structures. stress to improve fatigue resistance.
Wind-induced vibrations of undamped structures or com- ▪ Joints can be enhanced to improve fatigue strength.
ponents can cause large numbers of cycles and high stresses These include shaping the weld toes and peening the edges
and thus should be avoided. Vibration dampers may be used of the welds. Adhesives can be employed in mechanically
to limit wind-induced vibrations. Vibration of structures fastened (and spot welded) joints. Tests are required to es-
caused by unbalanced forces from machinery can be mini- tablish fatigue strength in such cases. See Section M.6.3 for
mized by the use of properly designed vibration mounts and the use of peening to improve fatigue life.
proper design of the structure. If the loading frequency is
between 1/2 and 2 times the natural frequency of a structure,
3.2 CONSTANT AMPLITUDE LOADING
damping should be considered (Sharp (1993)).
The fatigue strength of mechanically fastened connec- The allowable stress range is based on a 95% confidence
tions with a stress ratio less than or equal to zero is based on for 97.7% probability of survival. The constant amplitude
Atzori, et al. (1997), who considered data from about 750 fatigue limit was assumed to occur at 5 × 106 cycles for
tests of bearing and friction joints with a wide variety of each detail except category F1. This Specification’s static
strength provisions limit the allowable stress range for low
numbers of cycles.
January 2015 II - 59
3.3 VARIABLE AMPLITUDE LOADING Allowable stress ranges for variable amplitude fatigue
are determined in the same manner as for constant am-
Actual load histories are frequently more complicated plitude fatigue except that the constant amplitude fatigue
than the constant amplitude loading addressed in Section limit is not used because data for variable amplitude loads
3.2. Section 3.3 provides a design method for the variable show continuing strength decrease at long lives. Structures
amplitude loadings experienced by many structures. This subjected to variable amplitude loading may not exhibit a
equivalent stress method is based on nominal stress ranges, fatigue limit because a crack can be initiated by the high-
linear damage accumulation, and no sequencing effects. er stress cycles of the spectrum and propagate at stresses
The rainflow method (Fuchs and Stephens (1980), Smith, below the fatigue limit.
et al. (1988)) is a commonly used cycle-counting method. There also may not be a fatigue limit in mechanical con-
The equation for the equivalent stress range is derived nections that fail by fretting, whereby relative movement of
from Miner's Rule when the S-N curve is a straight line in the connected parts causes part wear to occur. Tests may be
log-log space. Miner's rule is required to evaluate the possibility of fretting failures.
∑n i
≤ 1.0 (3.3-1) 3.4 FABRICATION AND ERECTION
Ni REQUIREMENTS
These requirements prohibit details that cause local
where stress concentrations which reduce fatigue strength. The re-
ni = number of cycles of the ith stress range entrant corner radius requirement is consistent with AWS
Ni = number of cycles constituting failure at the ith stress D1.2:2014.
range. Punched or scribed layout marks serve as fatigue crack
initiation sites and thus are prohibited for material subject
When this fraction approaches unity, some of the details to fatigue.
within the group have begun to fail. Miner's rule may be
used over the equivalent stress range to assess the remaining
life of an existing structure or when fatigue data is not linear
in the log(stress)-log(life) space.
II - 60 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015 II - 61
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Bracing requirements are based on a member with an ini-
If βsec < βT, βTb determined from Equation 6-10 is nega-
tial out-of-straightness due to lateral forces and fabrication
tive, indicating that torsional beam bracing will not be effec-
or erection tolerances of L/500. If initial out-of-straightness
tive due to inadequate web distortional stiffness.
is greater than L/500, the brace force should be increased in
direct proportion to the increase in initial out-of-straight-
ness. Torsional bracing of beams is based on an initial twist 6.4 BEAM-COLUMN BRACING
of 1o. The bracing requirements for compression and those for
flexure are superimposed to arrive at the requirements for
Appendix 6 addresses two types of bracing systems: rel- beam-columns.
ative and nodal. These bracing systems are described in the
SSRC Guide.
II - 62 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ical Stress of Thin-Walled Cylinders in Torsion”, Technical
Data, Alexandria, VA. Note 1344, National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics
(now NASA), Washington, DC.
Aluminum Formed-Sheet Building Sheathing Design Guide
(1969), Paper 6744, Volume 95, No. ST8, Journal of the Batterman, R. H., and Johnston, B. G. (1967), “Behavior
Structural Division, ASCE, August, 1969. and Strength of Metal Columns,” Journal of the Structural
Division, ASCE, Vol. 93, No. ST2, April, 1967, p. 205.
American Architectural Manufacturers Association (1991),
AAMA TIR-A9-91 Metal Curtain Wall Fasteners, 1991, Bijlaard, P. P., and Fisher, G. P. (1952), “Column Strength
Schaumberg, IL. of H-Sections and Square Tubes in Postbuckling Range of
Component Plates”, Technical Note 2994, National Advi-
American Architectural Manufacturers Association (2000),
sory Committee for Aeronautics (now NASA).
AAMA TIR-A9-91 (2000 Addendum) Metal Curtain Wall
Fasteners Addendum, 2000, Schaumberg, IL. Bleich, F. (1952), Buckling Strength of Metal Structures,
McGraw-Hill.
Anderson, J. M. and Trahair, N. S. (1972), “Stability of
Monosymmetric Beams and Cantilevers,” Journal of the British Standards Institution (1987), British Standard-Struc-
Structural Division, ASCE, January, 1972. tural Use of Steelwork in Building - Part 5. Code of Practice
for Design of Cold-Formed Sections, BS 5950: Part 5:1987.
ASCE (1956), Committee of The Structural Division on
Designing Lightweight Structural Alloys, “Specifications Brungraber, R. J., and Clark, J. W. (1962), “Strength of
for Structures of Aluminum Alloy 2014-T6,” Paper 971, Welded Aluminum Columns,” Transactions ASCE, Vol.
Journal of the Structural Division, ASCE, Vol. 82, No. ST3, 127, Part II, p. 202, 1962.
May, 1956.
Chapuis, J., and Galambos, T. V. (1982), “Restrained
ASCE (1962a), Task Committee on Lightweight Alloys, Crooked Aluminum Columns,” Journal of the Structural
“Suggested Specifications for Structures of Aluminum Al- Division, ASCE, Vol. 108, No.ST3, March 1982, p. 511.
loys 6061-T6 and 6062-T6,” Paper 3341, Journal of the
Structural Division, ASCE, Vol. 88, No. ST6, December,
1962.
January 2015 II - 63
II - 64 January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
LaBelle, James C. and Dolby, Tanya (2009), Light Metal Moore, R. L., Jombock, J. R., and Kelsey, R. A. (1971),
Age, “Hex Washer-Head Fastener Pull-Over in Moderately “Strength of Welded Joints in Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6
Thin Aluminum”, April 2009, Vol. 67, No. 2, South San Tubular Members”, The Welding Journal, April, 1971.
Francisco, CA.
Nelson, F. G. Jr., and Howell, F. M. (1952), “The Strength
Luttrell, C. R. (1999), “Thermal Cycling of Slip-Critical and Ductility of Welds in Aluminum Alloy Plate,” The
Aluminum Joints”, Proceeding of Structures Congress Welding Journal, September, 1952.
XVII, American Society of Civil Engineers, Reston, VA,
April, 1999. Nelson, F. G. Jr., and Rolf, R. L. (1966), “Shear Strength of
Aluminum Alloy Fillet Welds,” The Welding Journal, Feb-
Marsh, Cedric, (1979), “Tear-out Failures of Bolt Groups,” ruary, 1966.
Technical Notes, Journal of the Structural Division,
Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Peköz, T. (1990), “Designs of Cold-Formed Steel Screw
October, 1979. Connections,” Proceedings of the Tenth International Spe-
cialty Conference on Cold-Formed Steel Structures, Octo-
Massonnet, C. E. L. (1962), “Stability Considerations in ber 23-24, 1990, University of Missouri-Rolla, MO.
the Design of Steel Plate Girders,” Transactions ASCE, Vol.
127, Part II 1962, p. 420. Roark, R. J. and Young, W. C. (1989), Formulas for Stress
and Strain, McGraw-Hill.
May, James E. and Menzemer, C.C. (2005), “Strength of
Bolted Aluminum Alloy Tension Members”, Journal of Rockey, K. C. (1958), “Web Buckling and the Design of
Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 131, No. 7, p. 1125. Web Plates,” The Structural Engineer, February, 1958, p.
45.
Menzemer, C. and Iasconne, R. (2002), “Reestablishing the
Shear Strength of Aluminum Alloy Fillet Welds”, Welding Sanders, W. W. and Fisher, J. W. (1985), Recommended
Journal, April, 2002. Specifications for Fatigue Design of Aluminum Structures,
Submitted to the Aluminum Association, Washington, DC.
Menzemer, C. C. (1992), Fatigue Behavior of Welded
Aluminum Structures, Dissertation for the Degree of Sanders, W. W. and Day, R. H., (1983) Fatigue Behavior
Doctor of Philosophy, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, PA. of Aluminum Alloy Weldments, Welding Research Council
Bulletin 286.
Menzemer, C.C, Ortiz-Morgado, R., Iascone, R., and
Srivatsan, T. (2001), INALCO 2001, Bearing Capacity of Schilling, C. F. (1965), “Buckling Strength of Circular
Aluminum Alloys in Bolted Connections, Munich. Tubes,” Journal of the Structural Division, ASCE, Vol. 91,
No. ST5, October, 1965, p. 325.
Menzemer, Craig (1999), “Failure of Bolted Connections in
an Aluminum Alloy,” Journal of Materials Engineering and Sharp, Maurice L. (1966), “Longitudinal Stiffeners for
Performance, ASM, Vol. 8, No. 2, April, 1999. Compression Members,” Journal of the Structural Division,
ASCE, Vol. 92, No. ST5, October, 1966, p. 187.
January 2015 II - 65
II - 66 January 2015
PART III
Design Guide
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2. General Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1 Aluminum’s Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2 Alloy Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.3 Comparing Aluminum and Steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.4 References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.4.2 Fabrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.4.3 Alloys and Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.4 Bridges and Highway Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.5 Rail Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.6 Ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.7 Storage Tanks, Pressure Vessels, and Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.8 Material Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.9 Foreign Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
5. Extrusion Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5.1 Replacing Fabrications with Extrusions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5.2 Design Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5.3 Design Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5.4 Design for Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6. Preventing Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
7. Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
8. Sustainability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
8.1 Reflectance and Emittance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
8.2 Recycling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
9. References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
This part of the Aluminum Design Manual addresses structures, and machinery. For example, the equations for
aluminum structural design issues not addressed in Part I, a column given in the Specification apply equally to a col-
the Specification for Aluminum Structures. umn for a patio roof, a member in a latticed roof, a strut in
The strength equations given in Part I may be applied to a rail car or automobile, a member in a bridge truss, and a
the design of any structural components, including build- stanchion or pillar in a ship.
ings, bridges, ships, rail cars, automobiles, trucks, highway
Weight per volume 0.284 lb/in3 0.10 lb/in3 Weight of product, vibration
7870 kg/m3 2770 kg/m3
Stress-strain curves Varies Varies Depends on alloys. Steel often has higher
strength and elongation at room temperature.
Aluminum has better performance at low temperatures
Fatigue strength Varies Varies For joints, aluminum has about 1/3 to ½ the fatigue
strength as steel for same detail
Corrosion resistance Needs protection Often used unpainted Aluminum usually is maintenance free
Aluminum is non-staining
Strain rate effects on High strain rates Much less change in Need to use dynamic properties for high-strain
mechanical properties increase properties— properties compared to steel rate loadings
varies with type of steel
structures weigh about half that of steel structures. For beams should be deeper than steel beams. The spacing of
structures controlled by static strength, such as automobile stiffeners on aluminum elements should be smaller than for
hoods and deck lids and some building components, alumi- steel. These geometrical differences will help meet deflec-
num structures weighing about 1/3 that of steel have been tion requirements for aluminum components and reduce
achieved. Such structures are designed for aluminum and stresses, helping with fatigue requirements.
do not have the same dimensions as the steel structure.
Figure 2-2 shows fatigue strengths for aluminum and 2.4 References
steel for groove welds (a Category C detail). For long lives
The following references are additional sources of
the fatigue strength of aluminum groove welds is about
information on aluminum structural design. References
40% that for steel. The difference is smaller at shorter lives.
marked * are available from the Aluminum Association
In efficient designs, aluminum components are different
(www.aluminum.org/bookstore).
from steel components for the same loading. Aluminum
2.4.1 General
1. Kissell, J. Randolph, and Ferry, Robert L., Aluminum
Structures, 2nd ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY,
2002.
2. Sharp, Maurice L., Behavior and Design of Alumi-
num Structures, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, NY, 1993.
3. Sharp, M.L., Nordmark, G.E., and Menzemer, C.C.,
Fatigue Design of Aluminum Components and Structures,
McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, NY, 1996.
2.4.2 Fabrication
1. Forming and Machining Aluminum, Aluminum Asso-
ciation, Washington, DC, 1988.
Figure 2-2 2.AWS D1.2/D1.2M:2014 Structural Welding Code-
FATIGUE DESIGN CURVES Aluminum, American Welding Society, Miami, FL, 2014.
FOR ALUMINUM AND STEEL *3. Welding Aluminum: Theory and Practice, 4th ed.,
Aluminum Association, Washington, DC, 2002.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4. MMPDS-08, Metallic Materials Properties Devel-
ed., American Association of State Highway and Trans- opment and Standardization (MMPDS), (formerly MIL
portation Officials, Washington, DC, 2012. Section 7 Handbook 5) Chapter 3, January 2014, U.S. Department of
addresses aluminum structures. Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration, Washing-
2. Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for ton, DC. http://www.ihs.com/products/industry-standards/
Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals, 6th edi- organizations/battelle-memorial-institute/index.aspx
tion, American Association of State Highway and Trans-
portation Officials, Washington, DC, 2013.
2.4.9 Foreign Codes
3. CAN/CSA S6-06 (R2012) Canadian Highway Bridge
Design Code, Canadian Standards Association, 2012. 1. EN 1999-1-1:2007 Eurocode 9 Design of Aluminium
Structures Part 1-1: General structural rules, European
2.4.5 Rail Cars Committee for Standardization (CEN), Brussels, 2007.
2. CAN-CSAS157-05 (R2010) Strength Design in Alu-
1. Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices minum, Canadian Standards Association, Mississauga,
Section C, Part II, Design, Fabrication, and Construction Ontario, Canada, 2005.
of Freight Cars, Association of American Railroads, Trans-
portation Technology Center, Pueblo, CO.
2. AWS D15.1:2012 Railroad Welding Specification for
Cars and Locomotives, American Welding Society, Miami,
FL, 2012.
2.4.6 Ships
1. ANSI/AWS D3.7-2004 Guide for Aluminum Hull Welding,
American Welding Society, Inc., Miami, FL, 2004.
2. Rules for Building and Classing Aluminum Vessels,
American Bureau of Shipping, Houston, TX, 1996.
When the von Mises stress equals Fty, yielding occurs, Manufacturers provide additional information on load-
so shear yield ty is span-deflection, dimensional tolerances, section modulus,
stiffness, weight, thermal resistance, sound transmission,
and fire resistance.
Local yielding in a member may not limit its usefulness In a similar product, an aluminum-elastomer sandwich
if the amount of material that yields is small or positioned beam, the components comprising the structural elements
so as to have only a negligible effect on the shape and load- also act together creating a combined strength and other
carrying capacity of the member. Where yielding is a limit characteristics that are greater than the sum of the parts.
state, the von Mises stress should be limited to the yield The composite beam may have to resist stresses due to a
strength of the material. temperature gradient through the section as well as stresses
from wind and dead loads. The amount of composite action
3.5 Aluminum Composite Material (ACM) can be determined by analysis (AAMA (1990)) or testing.
The 2012 International Building Code (IBC) Sec-
tion 1402.1 defines metal composite material (MCM) as
Figure 3-1
Sandwich Panel
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
little or no machining. The use of overly complex con- strengths (Hart-Smith (1987)). If member materials are
figurations for low loads results in unnecessarily expensive not identical, the design should equalize the in-plane and
designs. On the other hand, simple configurations are unac- bending stiffnesses and the materials should have similar
ceptable if smooth uninterrupted surfaces are required, if thermal expansion coefficients.
high stresses are present in the bond, or if high loads must The identification of possible failure modes is crucial
be sustained. to effective joint design and satisfactory performance. For
joints consisting of ductile isotropic materials such as alu-
minum alloys, four common failure modes are:
Shape Configuration
The designer's first priority is to satisfy a specific need,
and aluminum extrusion allows you to design the shape
that best meets your structural and aesthetics requirements.
Since extrusion dies are relatively inexpensive, designers
can afford to use several different shapes, if that's the best
way to achieve their objectives.
Extrusions can be designed to aid in assembly, improve Figure 5-1
product appearance, reduce or eliminate forming and weld- Example of a solid shape
ing operations, and achieve many other purposes.
Extruded shapes are described in three general catego- Extruded rod is a solid shape with a round cross-sec-
ries—solid, semihollow, and hollow. Dies to produce solid tion at least 0.375 in. in diameter.
shapes are the least complex. The difference between a solid Extruded bar is a solid shape whose cross-section is
shape and a semihollow shape may not be obvious at first square, rectangular, hexagonal or octagonal, and whose
glance. It's easier to describe and understand all three catego- width between parallel faces is a least 0.375 inches.
ries by working in reverse, starting with hollow shapes. If the dimension across any of these rod- or bar-type
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A hollow shape is simply an extruded shape which, shapes is less than 0.375 in., it is classified as wire.
anywhere in its cross section, completely encloses a void.
The void itself may have any sort of shape, and the com- Tolerances
plete profile may include a variety of other forms; but if
any part of it encloses a void, it's classified as a “hollow.” In many applications in which the extrusion will be part
Tube and Pipe are specific forms of hollow shapes. of an assembly of components, tolerances are critical. A
“Tube” is a hollow section that is long in comparison designer should be aware of the standard dimensional tol-
to its cross-sectional size. It is symmetrical and has uni- erances to which extrusions are commercially produced.
form wall thickness except as affected by corners. It may These tolerances generally cover such characteristics as
be round or elliptical, or square, rectangular, hexagonal, or straightness, flatness, and twist, and such cross-sectional
octagonal. “Extruded tube,” as the name indicates, is tube dimensions as thickness, angles, contours and corner or fillet
produced by hot extrusion; “drawn tube” is produced by radii. Both standard and precision tolerances for extrusions
drawing through a die. are given in Aluminum Standards and Data, Section 11.
“Pipe” is a tube with certain standardized combinations Aluminum extrusions are often designed to minimize or
of outside diameter and wall thickness. These are com- eliminate the need for machining. If desired, many extru-
monly designated by “Nominal Pipe Sizes” and by “ANSI sions can be produced to the recently introduced “precision
(American National Standards Institute) Schedule Num- tolerances” or to closer-than-standard custom tolerances,
bers.” generating cost savings in secondary operations; such sav-
A semihollow shape is one that partially encloses a ings may range from modest to very large, depending on
void – for example, a circle or rectangle with a gap in one circumstances. The designer should consider his require-
side; but a solid shape can also partially enclose a void, and ments carefully and order special tolerances only where
the difference may not be obvious. It is defined mathemati- they are really needed.
cally, by comparing the area of the partially enclosed void If extruded parts are to interlock in any manner, the
to the size of the gap (actually, to the mathematical square designer should work with the supplier to make sure that
of the gap size). If that ratio is larger than a certain number, tolerances will provide a proper fit.
the shape is classified as semihollow; if the ratio is smaller,
the shape is considered a solid.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 5-2
Visualize the Die and the Metal Flow A Metal Dimension can be
Remember what an extrusion die does: while it lets extruded to close tolerances
metal flow through its shaped aperture, it must hold back
metal all around that aperture against great force. When Figure 5-3
you design a shape for extrusion, you are simultaneously
designing a die aperture and you must take extrusion forces
and metal flow into account.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,
Figure 5-4
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Nesting Joints
Nesting joints, which include lap joints and tongue-and-
groove joints, have mating elements that are shaped to be
assembled with little or no self-locking action.
They serve primarily to align adjoining parts, and
they usually depend on rivets, bolts, adhesives, confine-
ment within a rigid frame, or other fasteners to hold them
together.
Lap joints, shown in Figure 5-5, are the simplest nest-
ing joints.
Interlocking Joints
The interlocking joint is, in effect, a modified tongue-
and-groove. But instead of being straight, the two mating
elements are curved and so cannot be assembled or (more
to the point) disassembled by simple straight-line motion.
They are assembled by a rotating motion and will not sepa-
rate without a corresponding counter-rotation. As long as
the parts are held in their assembled position, they strongly
resist separation and misalignment in both the horizontal
and the vertical directions.
The amount of rotation required for interlocking assem-
bly depends on the geometry of the design. It can be made
more or less than 45o, as long as the design allows enough
clearance for the required rotation. Figure 5-5
Interlocking joints can be secured in at least five ways,
all based on preventing counter-rotation.
Figure 5-8
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 5-1 Screw Chase Dimensions
Screw Screw Chase Chase
size nominal inside inside
diameter width width tolerance
(in.) (in.) (in.)
D w
Figure 5-6 No. 8 0.164 0.122 0.006
No. 10 0.190 0.142 0.006
No. 12 0.216 0.161 0.008
1/4” 0.250 0.185 0.008
or H321 and material should comply with ASTM B 928 to or cathodic metal should be minimized by design and by
guard against intergranular and exfoliation corrosion. application of protective coatings (e.g. paint, gasket, or
Alloys of the 2xxx and 7xxx series alloys have relatively tape). At bolted or riveted galvanic joints (e.g. aluminum
poor corrosion resistance and require corrosion protection. to steel) the fasteners (the smaller exposed surface area)
Temper selection for the 2xxx and 7xxx series alloys can should be the more noble material, such as steel or 3xx
significantly affect exfoliation and stress corrosion resis- series stainless steel rather than aluminum. If using steel
tance. For these alloys, consideration should also be given fasteners, a further required step is to coat the fasteners
to stress corrosion cracking (SCC). SCC can occur when with a zinc (galvanizing) or other suitable coating.
residual or assembly stresses occur in the through-thick- Where galvanic couples have only a few points of elec-
ness or short transverse direction. This can be minimized trical contact, it may be possible to control corrosion by
by considering temper selection, residual stresses from electrical insulation. Insulation can be effective only when
fabrication (e.g. forming, machining, and thermal treat- all points of electrical contact are broken. Insulation can be
ments), and fit up details. achieved by inserting nonmetallic, non-wicking bushings,
Design: Factors that may affect corrosion resistance gaskets, sleeves, or tapes into joints. Such insulation is dif-
can be more cost-effectively considered during the design ficult to achieve in large, complex structures where remote
phase rather than after the design is finalized: electrical paths may exist.
1. Both aluminum and steel members are noncombus- 1. To ensure that strength during a fire will at least equal
tible. the allowable stresses at room temperature, the aluminum
2. The cross sectional areas of aluminum members are temperature should be limited to 500oF.
usually about 40% larger than those of steel. 2. To ensure that there will be no substantial change in
3. The thermal conductivity of aluminum is about 2.7 properties after a fire, the aluminum temperature should be
times that of steel. limited to 375oF.
4. Aluminum’s strength degrades at much lower tem-
peratures than that of steel. Light weight vermiculite plaster was used in the tests,
and specimens were as indicated on Figure 7-1. The rela-
These issues affect the relative performance of the two tive thicknesses of protection required for various periods
materials in a fire. Aluminum parts exposed to fire would of time are shown below.
be expected to reach a lower temperature than steel, but Part I Appendix 4 and Eurocode 9, Part 1-2 address alu-
aluminum’s strength relative to that at room temperature minum structural design for fire conditions.
is more degraded compared to that for steel. Aluminum
members thus need more insulation than steel members to
resist the effects of fire.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2 1.9
3 1.8
4 1.7
Figure 7-1
SPECIMENS FOR FIRE PROTECTION TESTS
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
PART IV
Material Properties
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table of Contents
Metallurgical Aspects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Property Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Table 1 Comparative Characteristics and Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 2 Mechanical Property Limits for Commonly Used Sand Casting Alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Table 3 Mechanical Property Limits for Commonly Used Permanent Mold Casting Alloys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Table 4 Mechanical Property Limits of Fastener Alloys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Table 4M Mechanical Property Limits of Fastener Alloys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Table 5 Typical Mechanical Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Table 5M Typical Mechanical Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Table 6 Typical Physical Properties – Thermal and Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Table 6M Typical Physical Properties – Thermal and Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Table 7 Nominal Densities of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Table 8 Typical Tensile Properties at Various Temperatures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Table 8M Typical Tensile Properties at Various Temperatures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
A unique combination of properties makes aluminum to many acids. Alkalis are among the few substances that
one of our most versatile engineering and construction attack the oxide skin and therefore are corrosive to alumi-
materials. A mere recital of its characteristics is impres- num. Although the metal can safely be used in the pres-
sive. It is light in mass, yet some of its alloys have strengths ence of certain mild alkalis with the aid of inhibitors, in
greater than that of structural steel. It has high resistance general, direct contact with alkaline substances should be
to corrosion under the majority of service conditions, and avoided.
no colored salts are formed to stain adjacent surfaces or Some alloys are less resistant to corrosion than others,
discolor products with which it comes into contact, such particularly certain high-strength alloys. Such alloys in
as fabrics in the textile industry and solutions in chemi- some forms can be effectively protected from the majority
cal equipment. It has no toxic reaction. It has good electri- of corrosive influences, however, by cladding the exposed
cal and thermal conductivities and high reflectivity to both surface or surfaces with a thin layer of either pure alumi-
heat and light. The metal can easily be worked into any num or one of the more highly corrosion-resistant alloys.
form and readily accepts a wide variety of surface finishes. A word of caution should be mentioned in connection
Lightness is one of aluminum’s most useful characteris- with the corrosion-resistant characteristics of aluminum.
tics. The specific gravity is about 2.7. The mass (“weight”) Direct contacts with certain other metals should be avoided
of aluminum is roughly 35 percent that of iron and 30 per- in the presence of an electrolyte; otherwise galvanic corro-
cent that of copper. sion of the aluminum may take place in the vicinity of the
Commercially pure aluminum has a tensile strength of contact area. Where other metals must be fastened to alu-
about 13,000 pounds per square inch. Thus its usefulness minum, the use of a bituminous paint coating or insulating
as a structural material in this form is somewhat limited. tape is recommended.
By working the metal, as by cold rolling, its strength can be The fact that aluminum is nontoxic was discovered in
approximately doubled. Much larger increases in strength the early days of the industry. It is this characteristic that
can be obtained by alloying aluminum with small percent- permits the metal to be used in cooking utensils without
ages of one or more other elements such as manganese, any harmful effect on the body, and today we find also a
silicon, copper, magnesium or zinc. Like pure aluminum, great deal of aluminum equipment in use by food process-
the alloys are also made stronger by cold working. Some ing industries. The same characteristic permits aluminum
of the alloys are further strengthened and hardened by heat foil wrapping to be used safely in direct contact with food
treatments so that today aluminum alloys having tensile products.
strengths approaching 100,000 pounds per square inch are Aluminum is one of the two common metals hav-
available. ing an electrical conductivity high enough for use as an
A wide variety of mechanical characteristics, or tem- electric conductor. The conductivity of electric conductor
pers, is available in aluminum alloys through various com- grade (1350) is about 62 percent that of the International
binations of cold work and heat treatment. In specifying Annealed Copper Standard. Because aluminum has less
the temper for any given product, the fabricating process than one-third the specific gravity of copper, however, a
and the amount of cold work to which it will subject the pound of aluminum will go about twice as far as a pound
metal should be kept in mind. In other words, the temper of copper when used for this purpose. Alloying lowers the
specified should be such that the amount of cold work conductivity somewhat, so that wherever possible alloy
the metal will receive during fabrication will develop the 1350 is used in electric conductor applications.
desired characteristics in the finished products. The high thermal conductivity of aluminum came prom-
Aluminum and its alloys lose part of their strength at inently into play in the very first large-scale commercial
elevated temperatures, although some alloys retain good application of the metal in cooking utensils. This character-
strength at temperatures from 400°F to 500°F. At subzero istic is important wherever the transfer of thermal energy
temperatures, however, their strength increases without from one medium to another is involved, either heating or
loss of ductility, so that aluminum is a particularly useful cooling. Thus aluminum heat exchangers are commonly
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
metal for low temperature applications. used in the food, chemical, petroleum, aircraft and other
When aluminum surfaces are exposed to the atmosphere, industries. Aluminum is also an excellent reflector of radi-
a thin invisible oxide skin forms immediately, which pro- ant energy through the entire range of wavelengths, from
tects the metal from further oxidation. This self-protecting ultraviolet, through the visible spectrum to infrared and
characteristic gives aluminum its high resistance to corro- heat waves, as well as electromagnetic waves of radio and
sion. Unless exposed to some substance or condition that radar.
destroys this protective oxide coating, the metal remains Aluminum has a light reflectivity of over 80 percent,
fully protected against corrosion. Aluminum is highly which has led to its wide use in lighting fixtures. Alumi-
resistant to weathering, even in industrial atmospheres that num roofing reflects a high percentage of the sun’s heat, so
often corrode other metals. It is also corrosion resistant that buildings roofed with this material are cooler insummer.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
containing appreciable amounts of magnesium when sup- desirable to anneal an alloy from any other initial temper,
plied in strain-hardened tempers are usually given a final after working, or between successive stages of working
elevated-temperature treatment called stabilizing to ensure such as in deep drawing.
stability of properties.
heat-treatable alloys—The initial strength of alloys in Effect of Alloying Elements
this group is enhanced by the addition of alloying elements
such as copper, magnesium, zinc, and silicon. Since these 1xxx series—Aluminum of 99 percent or higher
elements singly or in various combinations show increas purity has many applications, especially in the electri-
ing solid solubility in aluminum with increasing tempera cal and chemical fields. These compositions are charac
ture, it is possible to subject them to thermal treatments terized by excellent corrosion resistance, high thermal
that will impart pronounced strengthening. and electrical conductivity, low mechanical prop erties
The first step, called heat treatment or solution heat and excellent workability. Moderate increases in strength
treatment, is an elevated-temperature process designed to may be obtained by strain-hardening. Iron and silicon are
put the soluble element or elements in solid solution. This the major impurities.
is followed by rapid quenching, usually in water, which 2xxx series—Copper is the principal alloying element
momentarily “freezes” the structure and for a short time in this group. These alloys require solution heat-treatment
to obtain optimum properties; in the heat treated condition
renders the alloy very workable. It is at this stage that
mechanical properties are similar to, and sometimes exceed,
some fabricators retain this more workable structure by
those of mild steel. In some instances artificial aging is
storing the alloys at below freezing temperatures until they
employed to further increase the mechanical properties.
are ready to form them. At room or elevated temperatures
This treatment materially increases yield strength, with
the alloys are not stable after quenching, however, and
attendant loss in elongation; its effect on tensile (ultimate)
precipitation of the constituents from the super-saturated
strength is not so great. The alloys in the 2xxx series do not
solution begins. After a period of several days at room tem-
have as good corrosion resistance as most other aluminum
perature, termed aging or room-temperature precipitation,
alloys, and under certain conditions they may be subject
the alloy is considerably stronger. Many alloys approach a
to intergranular corrosion. Therefore, these alloys in the
stable condition at room temperature, but some alloys, par-
form of sheet are usually clad with a high-purity alloy or a
ticularly those containing magnesium and silicon or mag-
magnesium-silicon alloy of the 6xxx series, which provides
nesium and zinc, continue to age-harden for long periods
galvanic protection to the core material and thus greatly
of time at room temperature.
increases resistance to corrosion. Alloy 2024 is perhaps the
By heating for a controlled time at slightly elevated tem-
best known and most widely used aircraft alloy.
peratures, even further strengthening is possible and prop-
3xxx series—Manganese is the major alloying ele
erties are stabilized. This process is called artificial aging
ment of alloys in this group, which are generally non-
or precipitation hardening. By the proper combination of
heat-treatable. Because only a limited percentage of man-
solution heat treatment, quenching, cold working and arti-
ganese, up to about 1.5 percent, can be effectively added
ficial aging, the highest strengths are obtained.
to aluminum, it is used as a major element in only a few
clad alloys—The heat-treatable alloys in which copper
instances. One of these, however, is the popular 3003,
or zinc are major alloying constituents are less resistant
which is widely used as a general purpose alloy for mod-
to corrosive attack than the majority of non-heat-treatable
erate-strength applications requiring good workability.
IV-12 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
mechanical property limits apply.
—Numeral 9 designates tempers whose minimum
ultimate tensile strength exceeds that of the HX8 tempers
(b) The digit following the designation H1, H2, H3, and by 2 ksi or more. (For Metric Units by 10 MPa or more).
H4 indicates the degree of strain-hardening as identified diate (-HX1, -HX3, -HX5, and HX7) tempers, deter-
by the minimum value of the ultimate tensile strength. mined as described above, shall be rounded to the nearest
Numeral 8 has been assigned to the hardest tempers nor- multiple of 0.5 ksi. (For Metric Units when not ending in 0
mally produced. The minimum tensile strength of tempers or 5, shall be rounded to the next higher 0 or 5 MPa.)
HX8 may be determined from Table 1 and is based on the
minimum tensile strength of the alloy in the annealed tem- (c) The third digit,U when used, indicates a variation
per. However, temper registrations prior to 1992 that do not of a two-digit temper. It is used when the degree of control
conform to the requirements of Table 1 shall not be revised of temper or the mechanical properties or both differ from,
and registrations of intermediate or modified tempers for but are close to, that (or those) for the two-digit H tem-
such alloy/temper systems shall conform to the registration per designation to which it is added, or when some other
requirements that existed prior to 1992. characteristic is significantly affected. (See Appendix for
assigned three-digit H tempers.) NOTE: The minimum
Table 1 ultimate tensile strength of a three-digit H temper must be
US Customary Units at least as close to that of the corresponding two-digit H
Minimum tensile strength Increase in tensile strength temper as it is to the adjacent two-digit H tempers. Prod
in annealed temper to HX8 temper ucts in the H temper whose mechanical properties are
ksi ksi
below H__1 shall be variations of H__1.
up to 6 8
7 to 9 9
10 to 12
13 to 15
10
11
4.2.2 Subdivision of T Temper:
16 to 18 12 Thermally Treated
19 to 24 13
25 to 30 14
31 to 36 15
(a) Numerals 1 through 10 following the T indicate
37 to 42 16 specific sequences of basic treatments, as follows:I
43 and over 17
T1 cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process
Metric Units and nat urally aged to a substantially stable condition.
Minimum tensile strength Increase in tensile strength Applies to products that are not cold worked after cooling from
in annealed temper to HX8 temper an elevated temperature shaping process, or in which the effect of
MPa MPa cold work in flattening or straightening may not be recognized in
mechanical property limits.
up to 40 55
45 to 60 65 T2 cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process,
65 to 80 75 cold worked, and naturally aged to a substantially stable
85 to 100 85 condition. Applies to products that are cold worked to improve
105 to 120 90 strength after cooling from an elevated temperature shaping process,
125 to 160 95 or in which the effect of cold work in flattening or straightening is
165 to 200 100
205 to 240 105
recognized in mechanical property limits.
245 to 280 110
285 and 320 115 U Numerals 1 through 9 may be arbitrarily assigned as the third digit
325 and over 120
and registered with the Aluminum Association for an alloy and product to
indicate a variation of a two-digit H temper (see note Y).
I A period of natural aging at room temperature may occur between or after
the operations listed for the T tempers. Control of this period is exercised when
it is metallurgically important.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
not be recognized in mechanical property limits. property limits.
T7 solution heat-treatedO and overaged/stabilized. Applies
to wrought products that are artificially aged after solution heat- (b) The following three-digit H temper designations have
treatment to carry them beyond a point of maximum strength to been assigned for
provide control of some significant characteristicP. Applies to cast pattern or
products that are artificially aged after solution heat-treatment to embossed fabricated from
provide dimensional and strength stability. sheet
T8 solution heat-treated,O cold worked, and then artificially H114 O temper
aged. Applies to products that are cold worked to improve strength, H124, H224, H324 H11, H21, H31 temper, respectively
or in which the effect of cold work in flattening or straightening is H134, H234, H334 H12, H22, H32 temper, respectively
recognized in mechanical property limits. H144, H244, H344 H13, H23, H33 temper, respectively
T9 solution heat-treated,O artificially aged, and then cold H154, H254, H354 H14, H24, H34 temper, respectively
worked. Applies to products that are cold worked to improve H164, H264, H364 H15, H25, H35 temper, respectively
strength. H174, H274, H374 H16, H26, H36 temper, respectively
T10 cooled from an elevated temperature shaping process, H184, H284, H384 H17, H27, H37 temper, respectively
cold worked, and then artificially aged. Applies to products H194, H294, H394 H18, H28, H38 temper, respectively
that are cold worked to improve strength, or in which the effect of H195, H295, H395 H19, H29, H39 temper, respectively
cold work in flattening or straightening is recognized in mechanical
property limits.
(c) The following three-digit H temper designations
have been assigned only for wrought products in the 5xxx
(b) Additional digits,{ the first of which shall not be series, for which the magnesium content is 3% nominal or
zero, may be added to designations T1 through T10 to more:
indicate a variation in treatment that significantly alters the H116 Applies to products manufactured from alloys in the 5xxx series,
product characteristics that are or would be obtained using for which the magnesium content is 3% nominal or more. Products
are strain hardened at the last operation to specified stable tensile
the basic treatment. (See Appendix for specific additional property limits and meet specified levels of corrosion resistance in
digits for T tempers.) accelerated type corrosion tests. They are suitable for continuous
service at temperature no greater than 150o F (66oC). Corrosion
tests include inter-granular and exfoliation.
4.3 Variations of O Temper: Annealed H1 _8 Applies to products manufactured from alloys in the 5xxx
series, for which the magnesium content is 3% nominal or more.
Products are strain hardened at the last operation to specified
4.3.1 A digit following the O, when used, indicates a stable tensile property limits and are capable of meeting specified
product in the annealed condition having special character levels of corrosion resistance in accelerated type corrosion tests
istics. NOTE: As the O temper is not part of the strain- after a thermal treatment that is intended to demonstrate improved
corrosion performance in ambient conditions. They are suitable
hardened (H) series, variations of O temper shall not apply for continuous service at temperature no greater than 150°F
(66°C). Corrosion tests include inter-granular and exfoliation.
O Solution heat treatment is achieved by heating cast or wrought products to a
suitable temperature, holding at that temperature long enough to allow constituents H321 Applies to products from alloys in the 5xxx series, for which
to enter into solid solution and cooling rapidly enough to hold the constituents in the magnesium content is 3% nominal or more. Products are
solution. Some 6xxx series and some 7xxx series alloys attain the same specified thermally stabilized at the last operation to specified stable tensile
mechanical properties whether furnace solution heat treated or cooled from an
elevated temperature shaping process at a rate rapid enough to hold constituents in property limits and meet specified levels of corrosion resistance in
solution. In such cases the temper designations T3, T4, T6, T7, T8, and T9 are used accelerated type corrosion tests. They are suitable for continuous
to apply to either process and are appropriate designations. service at temperatures no greater than 150o F (66oC). Corrosion
P For this purpose, characteristic is something other than mechanical properties. tests include inter-granular and exfoliation.
the test method and limit used to evaluate material for this characteristic are
specified at the time of the temper registration.
{ Additional digits may be arbitrarily assigned and registered with The Aluminum
Association for an alloy and product to indicate a variation of tempers T1 through
T10 even though the temper representing the basic treatment has not been
registered (see note ^). Variations in treatment that do not alter the characteristics
of the product are considered alternate treatments for which additional digits are
not assigned.
T_510 Applies to extruded rod, bar, profiles (shapes) and tube and to The evolution of material properties from temper T79 to T73 is illus-
drawn tube when stretched the indicated amounts after solution trated in Figure 1.*
heat treatment or after cooling from an elevated temperature
shaping process. These products receive no further straightening
Property Temper T6 T79 T76 T74 T73
after stretching.
Extruded Rod +
Bar, Profiles (Shapes)
and Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% to 3% permanent set. Strength
A2.2 Assigned Additional Digits for T7 Temper T42 Solution heat-treated from annealed or F temper and naturally
aged to a substantially stable condition.
Variations
T62 Solution heat-treated from annealed or F temper and artificially
aged.
2 The same digits (51, 510, 511, 52, 54) may be added to the designation T7_2 Solution heat-treated from annealed or F temper and artificially
overaged to meet the mechanical properties and corrosion
W to indicate unstable solution heat-treated and stress-relieved tempers.
resistance limits of the T7_ temper.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A3.2 Temper Designation for Producer
Laboratory Demonstration of Response
to Annealing
O2 Wrought product test material, furnace annealed from the F
temper, to determine the minimum limits upon which H temper
designations are assigned.
Workability (Cold)
CORROSION
Machinability T
SOME
Brazeability Y
ALLOY AND TEMPER APPLICATIONS
Cracking W
Resistance
General Q
Corrosion
OF ALLOYS
Spot and
Stress-
Seam
Gas
Arc
T
1060-O A A A E A A A B Chemical equipment, railroad tank cars
H12 A A A E A A A A
H14 A A A D A A A A
H16 A A B D A A A A
H18 A A B D A A A A
1100-O A A A E A A A B Sheet metal work, spun hollowware,
H12 A A A E A A A A fin stock
H14 A A A D A A A A
H16 A A B D A A A A
H18 A A C D A A A A
1350-O A A A E A A A B Electrical conductors
H12, H111 A A A E A A A A
H14, H24 A A A D A A A A
H16, H26 A A B D A A A A
H18 A A B D A A A A
2011-T3 DE D C A D D D D Screw machine products
T4, T451 DE D B A D D D D
T8 D B D A D D D D
2014-O .. .. .. D D D D B Truck frames, aircraft structures
T3, T4, T451 DE C C B D D B B
T6, T651, T6510, T6511 D C D B D D B B
2017-T4, T451 DE C C B D D B B Screw machine products, fittings
2018-T61 .. .. .. B D D C B Aircraft engine cylinders, heads and
pistons
2024-O .. .. .. D D D D D Truck wheels, screw machine products,
T4, T3, T351, T3510, T3511 DE C C B D C B B aircraft structures
T361 DE C D B D D C B
T6 D B C B D D C B
T861, T81, T851, T8510, T8511 D B D B D D C B
T72 .. .. .. B D D C B
2025-T6 D C .. B D D B B Forgings, aircraft propellers
2036-T4 C .. B C D C B B Auto body panel sheet
2117-T4 C A B C D D B B Rivets
2124-T851 D B D B D D C B Aircraft structures
2218-T61 D C .. .. D D C B Jet engine impellers and rings
T72 D C .. B D D C B
2219-O .. .. .. .. D D A B Structural uses at high temperatures
T31, T351, T3510, T3511 DE C C B D A A A (to 600°F)
T37 DE C D B D A A A High strength weldments
T81, T851, T8510, T8511 D B D B D A A A
T87 D B D B D A A A
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2618-T61 D C .. B D D C B Aircraft engines
3003-O A A A E A A A B Cooking utensils, chemical equipment,
H12 A A A E A A A A pressure vessels, sheet metal work,
H14 A A B D A A A A builder’s hardware, storage tanks
H16 A A C D A A A A
H18 A A C D A A A A
H25 A A B D A A A A
3004-O A A A D B A A B Sheet metal work, storage tanks
H32 A A B D B A A A
H34 A A B C B A A A
H36 A A C C B A A A
H38 A A C C B A A A
3105-O A A A E A A A B Residential siding, mobile homes, rain
H12 A A B E A A A A carrying goods, sheet metal work
H14 A A B D A A A A
H16 A A C D A A A A
H18 A A C D A A A A
H25 A A B D A A A A
Workability (Cold)
CORROSION
Machinability T
SOME
Brazeability Y
ALLOY AND TEMPER APPLICATIONS
Cracking W
Resistance
General Q
Corrosion
OF ALLOYS
Spot and
Stress-
Seam
Gas
Arc
T
4032-T6 C B .. B D D B C Pistons
5005-O A A A E B A A B Appliances, utensils, architectural,
H12 A A A E B A A A electrical conductor
H14 A A B D B A A A
H16 A A C D B A A A
H18 A A C D B A A A
H32 A A A E B A A A
H34 A A B D B A A A
H36 A A C D B A A A
H38 A A C D B A A A
5050-O A A A E B A A B Builder’s hardware, refrigerator trim,
H32 A A A D B A A A coiled tubes
H34 A A B D B A A A
H36 A A C C B A A A
H38 A A C C B A A A
5052-O A A A D C A A B Sheet metal work, hydraulic tube,
H32 A A B D C A A A appliances
H34 A A B C C A A A
H36 A A C C C A A A
H38 A A C C C A A A
5056-O AR BR A D D C A B Cable sheathing, rivets for magnesium,
H111 AR BR A D D C A A screen wire, zipper
H12, H32 AR BR B D D C A A
H14, H34 AR BR B C D C A A
H18, H38 AR CR C C D C A A
H192 BR DR D B D C A A
H392 BR DR D B D C A A
5083-O AR AR B D D C A B
H32 I AR AR C D D C A A
H321 I AR AR C D D C A A
H111 AR BR C D D C A A Unfired, welded pressure vessels,
H116 I AR AR C D D C A A marine, auto aircraft cryogenics,
TV towers, drilling rigs, transportation
5086-O AR AR A D D C A B equipment, missile components
H32 I AR AR B D D C A A
H34 AR BR B C D C A A
H36 AR BR C C D C A A
H111 AR AR B D D C A A
H116 I AR AR B D D C A A
5154-O AR AR A D D C A B Welded structures, storage tanks,
H32 AR AR B D D C A A pressure vessels, salt water service
H34 AR AR B C D C A A
H36 AR AR C C D C A A
H38 AR AR C C D C A A
5252-H24 A A B D C A A A Automotive and appliance trim
H25 A A B C C A A A
H28 A A C C C A A A
5254-O AR AR A D D C A B Hydrogen peroxide and chemical
H32 AR AR B D D C A A storage vessels
H34 AR AR B C D C A A
H36 AR AR C C D C A A
H38 AR AR C C D C A A
5454-O A A A D D C A B Welded structures, pressure vessels,
H32 A A B D D C A A marine service
H34 A A B C D C A A
H111 A A B D D C A A
5456-O AR BR B D D C A B
H32 I AR BR C D D C A A High strength welded structures,
H321 I AR BR C D D C A A pressure vessels, marine applications,
H116 I AR BR C D D C A A storage tanks
5457-O A A A E B A A B
Workability (Cold)
CORROSION
Machinability T
SOME
Brazeability Y
ALLOY AND TEMPER APPLICATIONS
Cracking W
Resistance
General Q
Corrosion
OF ALLOYS
Spot and
Stress-
Seam
Gas
Arc
T
5657-H241 A A A D B A A A Anodized auto and appliance trim
H25 A A B D B A A A
H26 A A B D B A A A
H28 A A C D B A A A
6005-T1, T5 B A .. .. A A A A
Truck,
marine, railroad car
6005A-T1, T5 B A B C A A A A
Extruded profiles, structures, ladders,
6005A-T61 B A C C A A A A construction
January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- IV-19
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
otherwise specified, the tensile strength, yield strength and elongation values of specimens cut from castings shall be not less than 75 percent of the tensile and
yield strength values and not less than 25 percent of the elongation values given above. The customer should keep in mind that (1) some foundries may offer
additional tempers for the above alloys, and (2) foundries are constantly improving casting techniques and, as a result, some may offer minimum properties in
excess of the above. If quality level 4 castings are specified as described in Table 1 of AA-CS-M5-85, no tensile tests shall be specified nor tensile requirements be
met on specimens cut from castings.
2 F indicates “as cast” condition; refer to AA-CS-M11 for recommended times and temperatures of heat treatment for other tempers to achieve properties specified.
3 Footnote no longer in use.
4 Hardness values are given for information only; not required for acceptance.
5 The T4 temper of Alloy 520.0 is unstable; significant room temperature aging occurs within life expectancy of most castings. Elongation may decrease by as
much as 80 percent.
Q Rivet and cold heading wire and rod, and the fasteners produced from it, shall upon proper heat treatment (T4 and T42 tempers) or heat treatment and aging
(T6, T61, T7 and T73 tempers) be capable of developing the properties presented in Table 4. Tensile tests are preferred for the rivet and cold heading wire and
rod, and shear tests for the fasteners made from it.
W The measurement of elongation and yield strength is not required for wire less than 0.125 inch in thickness or diameter.
E D represents specimen diameter.
Table 4M
Mechanical Property Limits of Fastener Alloys Q
SPECIFIED TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION W E ULTIMATE
ALLOY AND MPa min percent min
DIAMETER SHEARING STRENGTH
TEMPER
mm ULTIMATE YIELD W 50 mm 5D (5.65 a ) MPa min
2017-T4 1.60–25.00 380 220 12 10 225
2024-T42 1.60–3.15 425 .. .. .. 255
3.15–25.00 425 275 10 9 255
2117-T4 1.60–25.00 260 125 18 16 180
2219-T6 1.60–25.00 380 240 6 5 205
6053-T61 1.60–25.00 205 135 14 12 135
6061-T6 1.60–25.00 290 240 10 9 170
7050-T7 1.60–25.00 485 400 10 9 270
7075-T6 1.60–25.00 530 455 7 6 290
7075-T73 1.60–25.00 470 385 10 9 280
Q Rivet and cold heading wire and rod, and the fasteners produced from it, shall upon proper heat treatment (T4 and T42 tempers) or heat treatment and
aging (T6, T61, T7 and T73 tempers) be capable of developing the properties presented in Table 4M. Tensile tests are preferred for the rivet and cold heading
wire and rod, and shear tests for the fasteners made from it.
W The measurement of elongation and yield strength is not required for wire 3.20 mm and less in thickness or diameter.
E Elongations in 50 mm apply to rectangular bar up through 12.50 mm thickness from which a standard rectangular tension test specimen is machined. The 5D
(5.65 A ) requirements, where D and A are the diameter and cross-sectional area, respectively, apply to round specimens tested in full section or to standard
or proportional round machined tension test specimens.
N
1100-O 13 5 35 45 23 9 5 10.0
1100-H12 16 15 12 25 28 10 6 10.0
1100-H14 18 17 9 20 32 11 7 10.0
1100-H16 21 20 6 17 38 12 9 10.0
IG
1100-H18 24 22 5 15 44 13 9 10.0
1350-O 12 4 .. . . T .. 8 .. 10.0
1350-H12 14 12 .. . . .. 9 .. 10.0
1350-H14 16 14 .. . . .. 10 .. 10.0
1350-H16 18 16 .. . . .. 11 .. 10.0
1350-H19
2011-T3
2011-T8
2014-O
2014-T4, T451
2014-T6, T651
27
55
59
27
62
70
24
43
45
14
42
60
..
..
..
..
..
..
ES
. . Y
15
12
18
20
13
95
100
45
105
135
.. 15
32
35
18
38
42
7
18
18
13
20
18
10.0
10.2
10.2
10.6
10.6
10.6
D
Alclad 2014-O 25 10 21 . . .. 18 .. 10.5
Alclad 2014-T3 63 40 20 . . .. 37 .. 10.5
Alclad 2014-T4, T451 61 37 22 . . .. 37 .. 10.5
Alclad 2014-T6, T651 68 60 10 . . .. 41 .. 10.5
2017-O 26 10 .. 22 45 18 13 10.5
R
2117-T4 43 24 .. 27 70 28 14 10.3
2124-T851 70 64 .. 8 .. .. .. 10.6
2218-T72 48 37 .. 11 95 30 .. 10.8
N
2219-O 25 11 18 . . .. .. .. 10.6
2219-T42 52 27 20 . . .. .. .. 10.6
2219-T31, T351 52 36 17 . . .. .. .. 10.6
2219-T37 57 46 11 . . .. .. .. 10.6
2219-T62 60 42 10 . . .. .. 15 10.6
2219-T81, T851 66 51 10 . . .. .. 15 10.6
2219-T87 69 57 10 . . .. .. 15 10.6
2618-T61 64 54 .. 10 115 38 18 10.8
3003-O 16 6 30 40 28 11 7 10.0
3003-H12 19 18 10 20 35 12 8 10.0
3003-H14 22 21 8 16 40 14 9 10.0
3003-H16 26 25 5 14 47 15 10 10.0
3003-H18 29 27 4 10 55 16 10 10.0
For all numbered footnotes, see page IV-27.
N
3004-O 26 10 20 25 45 16 14 10.0
3004-H32 31 25 10 17 52 17 15 10.0
3004-H34 35 29 9 12 63 18 15 10.0
3004-H36 38 33 5 9 70 20 16 10.0
IG
3004-H38 41 36 5 6 77 21 16 10.0
Alclad 3004-O 26 10 20 25 .. 16 .. 10.0
Alclad 3004-H32 31 25 10 17 .. 17 .. 10.0
Alclad 3004-H34 35 29 9 12 .. 18 .. 10.0
Alclad 3004-H36 38 33 5 9 .. 20 .. 10.0
Alclad 3004-H38 41 36 5 6 .. 21 .. 10.0
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ES
3105-O 17 8 24 . . .. 12 .. 10.0
3105-H12 22 19 7 . . .. 14 .. 10.0
3105-H14 25 22 5 . . .. 15 .. 10.0
3105-H16 28 25 4 . . .. 16 .. 10.0
3105-H18 31 28 3 . . .. 17 .. 10.0
3105-H22 22 20 11 . . .. 14 .. 10.0
3105-H24 25 22 10 15 .. 10.0
3105-H25
3105-H26
3105-H28
27
28
31
23
24
26
9
9
8
D. .
. .
. .
..
..
..
15
16
17
..
..
..
10.0
10.0
10.0
4032-T6 55 46 .. 9 120 38 16 11.4
R
5005-O 18 6 25 . . 28 11 .. 10.0
5005-H12 20 19 10 . . .. 14 .. 10.0
5005-H14 23 22 6 . . .. 14 .. 10.0
5005-H16 26 25 5 . . .. 15 .. 10.0
5005-H18 29 28 4 . . .. 16 .. 10.0
FO
5005-H32 20 17 11 . . 36 14 .. 10.0
5005-H34 23 20 8 . . 41 14 .. 10.0
5005-H36 26 24 6 . . 46 15 .. 10.0
5005-H38 29 27 5 . . 51 16 .. 10.0
5050-O 21 8 24 . . 36 15 12 10.0
5050-H32 25 21 9 . . 46 17 13 10.0
5050-H34 28 24 8 . . 53 18 13 10.0
5050-H36 30 26 7 . . 58 19 14 10.0
T
5050-H38 32 29 6 . . 63 20 14 10.0
5052-O 28 13 25 30 47 18 16 10.2
5052-H32 33 28 12 18 60 20 17 10.2
O
5052-H34 38 31 10 14 68 21 18 10.2
5052-H36 40 35 8 10 73 23 19 10.2
5052-H38 42 37 7 8 77 24 20 10.2
5056-O 42 22 .. 35 65 26 20 10.3
N
N
5252-H38, H28 41 35 5 . . 75 23 .. 10.0
5254-O 35 17 27 . . 58 22 17 10.2
5254-H32 39 30 15 . . 67 22 18 10.2
5254-H34 42 33 13 . . 73 24 19 10.2
IG
5254-H36 45 36 12 . . 78 26 20 10.2
5254-H38 48 39 10 . . 80 28 21 10.2
5254-H112 35 17 25 . . 63 .. 17 10.2
5454-O 36 17 22 . . 62 23 .. 10.2
5454-H32 40 30 10 . . 73 24 .. 10.2
5454-H34
5454-H111
5454-H112
5456-O
5456-H32 {
5456-H112
5456-H116 {
44
38
36
45
51
45
51
35
26
18
23
37
24
37
10
14
18
..
..
..
. .
. .
. .
24
16
22
16
ES 81
70
62
..
90
..
90
26
23
23
..
30
..
30
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
5456-H321 {
D
51 37 .. 16 90 30 .. 10.3
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5457-O 19 7 22 . . 32 12 .. 10.0
5457-H25 26 23 12 . . 48 16 .. 10.0
5457-H38, H28 30 27 6 . . 55 18 .. 10.0
5657-H25 23 20 12 . . 40 12 .. 10.0
R
6005A-T61 45 40 12 17 95 30 14 10.0
6061-O 18 8 25 30 30 12 9 10.0
6061-T4, T451 35 21 22 25 65 24 14 10.0
6061-T6, T651 45 40 12 17 95 30 14 10.0
Alclad 6061-O 17 7 25 . . .. 11 .. 10.0
Alclad 6061-T4, T451 33 19 22 . . .. 22 .. 10.0
Alclad 6061-T6, T651 42 37 12 . . .. 27 .. 10.0
6063-O 13 7 .. . . 25 10 8 10.0
T
6063-T1 22 13 20 . . 42 14 9 10.0
6063-T4 25 13 22 . . .. .. .. 10.0
6063-T5 27 21 12 . . 60 17 10 10.0
O
6063-T6 35 31 12 . . 73 22 10 10.0
6063-T83 37 35 9 . . 82 22 .. 10.0
6063-T831 30 27 10 . . 70 18 .. 10.0
6063-T832 42 39 12 . . 95 27 .. 10.0
N
6066-O 22 12 .. 18 43 14 .. 10.0
6066-T4, T451 52 30 .. 18 90 29 .. 10.0
6066-T6. T651 57 52 .. 12 120 34 16 10.0
6070-T6 55 51 10 . . .. 34 14 10.0
6082-T6, T6511 49 46 12 14 95 31 14 10.0
6101-T6 32 28 15 I . . 71 20 .. 10.0
6262-T9 58 55 .. 10 120 35 13 10.0
6351-T4 36 22 20 . . .. .. .. 10.0
6351-T6 45 41 14 . . 95 29 13 10.0
6360-T5 27 21 12 . . 60 17 10 10.0
6360-T6 35 31 12 . . 73 22 10 10.0
For all numbered footnotes, see page IV-27.
N
TENSION HARDNESS SHEAR FATIGUE MODULUS
STRENGTH ELONGATION BRINELL ULTIMATE ENDURANCE E MODULUS R
ALLOY
ksi percent in 2 in. NUMBER SHEARING Limit OF
IG
AND
STRENGTH ELASTICITY
TEMPER 1
⁄16 in. 1
⁄2 in.
ULTIMATE YIELD Thick Diameter 500 kg load
Specimen Specimen 10 mm ball ksi ksi ksi × 103
6463-T1 22 13 20 . . 42 14 10 10.0
ES
6463-T5 27 21 12 . . 60 17 10 10.0
6463-T6 35 31 12 . . 74 22 10 10.0
7049-T73 75 65 .. 12 135 44 .. 10.4
7049-T7352 75 63 .. 11 135 43 .. 10.4
7050-T73510,
T73511 72 63 .. 12 .. .. .. 10.4
7050-T7451P 76 68 .. 11 .. 44 .. 10.4
D
7050-T7651 80 71 .. 11 .. 47 .. 10.4
7075-O 33 15 17 16 60 22 .. 10.4
7075-T6, T651 83 73 11 11 150 48 23 10.4
Alclad 7075-O 32 14 17 . . .. 22 .. 10.4
Alclad 7075-T6, T651
7175-T74
76
76
67
66
R 11
..
. .
11
..
135
46
42
..
23
10.4
10.4
7475-T61 82 71 11 . . .. .. .. 10.2
FO
7475-T651 85 74 .. 13 .. .. .. 10.4
7475-T7351 72 61 .. 13 .. .. .. 10.4
7475-T761 75 65 12 . . .. .. .. 10.2
7475-T7651 77 67 .. 12 .. .. .. 10.4
Alclad 7475-T61 75 66 11 . . .. .. .. 10.2
Alclad 7475-T761 71 61 12 . . .. .. .. 10.2
8176-H24 17 14 15 . . .. 10 .. 10.0
T
Q The mechanical property limits are listed by major product in the I Based on ¼ in. thick specimen.
O Based on 107 cycles using flexural type testing of sheet specimens.
“Standards Section” of this manual.
P T7451, although not previously registered, has appeared in literature and
O
E Based on 500,000,000 cycles of completely reversed stress using the practices. The -H116 and -H321 tempers are typically used in marine and
R.R. Moore type of machine and specimen. other applications requiring demonstrations of intergranular and exfoliation
R Average of tension and compression moduli. Compression modulus is corrosion resistance. Products in the -H32 temper have similar tensile
about 2% greater than tension modulus. properties and while production methods may be similar, corrosion testing
T 1350-O wire will have an elongation of approximately 23% in 10 inches. requirements are different, therefore, -H32 temper products shall not be
Y 1350-H19 wire will have an elongation of approximately 1½% in 10 inches. substituted for -H116 or -H321 products.
U Tempers T361 and T861 were formerly designated T36 and T86,
respectively.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
N
1100-H12 110 105 12 22 28 70 40 69
1100-H14 125 115 9 18 32 75 50 69
1100-H16 145 140 6 15 38 85 60 69
1100-H18 165 150 5 13 44 90 60 69
IG
1350-O 85 30 .. . .T .. 55 .. 69
1350-H12 95 85 .. .. .. 60 .. 69
1350-H14 110 95 .. .. .. 70 .. 69
1350-H16 125 110 .. .. .. 75 .. 69
1350-H19 185 165 .. . .Y .. 105 50 69
2011-T3
2011-T8
2014-O
2014-T4, T451
2014-T6, T651
Alclad 2014-O
380
405
185
425
485
170
295
310
95
290
415
70
..
..
..
..
..
21
13
10
16
18
11
..
ES 95
100
45
105
135
..
220
240
125
260
290
125
125
125
90
140
125
..
70
70
73
73
73
73
D
Alclad 2014-T3 435 275 20 .. .. 255 .. 73
Alclad 2014-T4, T451 421 255 22 .. .. 255 .. 73
Alclad 2014-T6, T651 470 415 10 .. .. 285 .. 73
2017-O 180 70 .. 20 45 125 90 73
2017-T4, T451 425 275 .. 20 105 260 125 73
R
N
3004-H34 240 200 9 10 63 125 105 69
3004-H36 260 230 5 8 70 140 110 69
3004-H38 285 250 5 5 77 145 110 69
IG
Alclad 3004-O 180 70 20 22 .. 110 .. 69
Alclad 3004-H32 215 170 10 15 .. 115 .. 69
Alclad 3004-H34 240 200 9 10 .. 125 .. 69
Alclad 3004-H36 260 230 5 8 .. 140 .. 69
Alclad 3004-H38 285 250 5 5 .. 145 .. 69
ES
3105-O 115 55 24 .. .. 85 .. 69
3105-H12 150 130 7 .. .. 95 .. 69
3105-H14 170 150 5 .. .. 105 .. 69
3105-H16 195 170 4 .. .. 110 .. 69
3105-H18 215 195 3 .. .. 115 .. 69
3105-H22 165 140 11 .. .. 95 .. 69
3105-H24 180 150 10 .. .. 105 .. 69
3105-H25 185 160 9 .. .. 105 .. 69
D
3105-H26 195 165 9 .. .. 110 .. 69
3105-H28 205 180 8 .. .. 115 .. 69
4032-T6 380 315 .. 9 120 260 110 79
5005-O 125 40 25 .. 28 75 .. 69
R
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5050-H36 205 180 7 .. 58 130 95 69
T
N
5252-H38, H28 285 240 5 .. 75 160 .. 69
5254-O 240 115 27 .. 58 150 115 70
5254-H32 270 205 15 .. 67 150 125 70
5254-H34 290 230 13 .. 73 165 130 70
IG
5254-H36 310 250 12 .. 78 180 140 70
5254-H38 330 270 10 .. 80 195 145 70
5254-H112 240 115 25 .. 63 .. 115 70
5454-O 250 115 22 .. 62 160 .. 70
5454-H32 275 205 10 .. 73 165 .. 70
5454-H34
5454-H111
5454-H112
5456-O
5456-H32 {
5456-H112
5456-H116 {
305
260
250
310
350
310
350
240
180
125
160
255
165
255
10
14
18
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
22
14
20
14
ES 81
70
62
..
90
..
90
180
160
160
..
205
..
205
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
70
70
70
71
71
71
71
D
5456-H321 { 350 255 .. 14 90 205 .. 71
5457-O 130 50 22 .. 32 85 .. 69
5457-H25 180 160 12 .. 48 110 .. 69
5457-H38, H28 205 185 6 .. 55 125 .. 69
R
N
ALLOY MPa percent BRINELL ULTIMATE ENDURANCE E
NUMBER SHEARING MODULUS R
AND in 50 mm in 5D LIMIT
STRENGTH OF
TEMPER ELASTICITY
ULTIMATE YIELD 1.60 mm 12.5 mm 500 kgf load
MPa × 103
IG
Thick Diameter 10 mm ball MPa MPa
Specimen Specimen
6463-T1 150 90 20 .. 42 95 70 69
6463-T5 185 145 12 .. 60 115 70 69
6463-T6 240 215 12 .. 74 150 70 69
ES
7049-T73 515 450 .. 10 135 305 .. 72
7049-T7352 515 435 .. 9 135 295 .. 72
7050-T73510,
495 435 .. 11 .. .. .. 72
T73511
525 470 .. 10 .. 305 .. 72
7050-T7451 P
550 490 .. 10 .. 325 .. 72
7050-T7651
7075-O 230 105 17 14 60 150 .. 72
D
7075-T6, T651 570 505 11 9 150 330 160 72
Alclad 7075-O 220 95 17 .. .. 150 .. 72
Alclad 7075-T6, T651 525 460 11 .. .. 315 .. 72
7175-T74 525 455 .. 10 135 290 160 72
7475-T61
7475-T651
565
585
490
510
11
..
R ..
13
..
..
..
..
..
..
70
72
7475-T7351 495 420 .. 13 .. .. .. 72
7475-T761 515 450 12 .. .. .. .. 70
FO
7475-T7651 530 460 .. 12 .. .. .. 72
Alclad 7475-T61 515 455 11 .. .. .. .. 70
Alclad 7475-T761 490 420 12 .. .. .. .. 70
8176-H24 160 95 15 .. .. 70 .. 69
Q The mechanical property limits are listed by major product in the “Stan- U Tempers T361 and T861 were formerly designated T36 and T86,
T
typical ultimate and yield values are slightly lower than specified (maximum) P T7451, although not previously registered, has appeared in literature and
values. in some specifications as T73651.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
E Based on 500,000,000 cycles of completely reversed stress using the R.R. { 5xxx products in the -H116 and -H321 tempers have similar properties and
Moore type of machine and specimen. have the same testing requirements, but are produced by different practices.
N
The -H116 and -H321 tempers are typically used in marine and other
R Average of tension and compression moduli. Compression modulus is applications requiring demonstration of intergranular and exfoliation corrosion
about 2% greater than tension modulus. resistance. Products in the -H32 temper have similar tensile properties and
T 1350-O wire will have an elongation of approximately 23% in 250 mm. while production methods may be similar, corrosion testing requirements are
Y 1350-H19 wire will have an elongation of approximately 1½% in 250 mm. different; therefore -H32 temper products shall not be substituted for -H116 or
-H321 products.
ELECTRICAL
AVERAGE Q
MELTING THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY ELECTRICAL
COEFFICIENT
RANGE W E CONDUCTIVITY AT 68°F RESISTIVITY
OF THERMAL
ALLOY APPROX. TEMPER AT 77°F Percent of International AT 68°F
EXPANSION
Annealed Copper Standard
68° TO 212°F English Equal Equal Ohm—Cir.
°F
per °F Units R Volume Weight Mil/Foot
1060 13.1 1195–1215 O 1625 62 204 17
H18 1600 61 201 17
1100 13.1 1190–1215 O 1540 59 194 18
H18 1510 57 187 18
N
1350 13.2 1195–1215 All 1625 62 204 17
2011 12.7 1005–1190 Y T3 1050 39 123 27
T8 1190 45 142 23
IG
2014 12.8 945–1180 T O 1340 50 159 21
T4 930 34 108 31
T6 1070 40 127 26
2017 13.1 955–1185 T O 1340 50 159 21
T4 930 34 108 31
ES
2018 12.4 945–1180 Y T61 1070 40 127 26
2024 12.9 935–1180 T O 1340 50 160 21
T3, T4, T361 840 30 96 35
T6, T81, T861 1050 38 122 27
2025 12.6 970–1185 T T6 1070 40 128 26
2036 13.0 1030–1200 Y T4 1100 41 135 25
2117 13.2 1030–1200 Y T4 1070 40 130 26
2124 12.7 935–1180 T T851
D 1055 38 122 27
2218 12.4 940–1175 T T72 1070 40 126 26
2219 12.4 1010–1190 T O 1190 44 138 24
T31, T37 780 28 88 37
T6, T81, T87 840 30 94 35
R
2618 12.4 1020–1180 T6 1020 37 120 28
3003 12.9 1190–1210 O 1340 50 163 21
H12 1130 42 137 25
FO
ELECTRICAL
AVERAGE Q
MELTING THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY ELECTRICAL
COEFFICIENT
RANGE W E CONDUCTIVITY AT 68°F RESISTIVITY
OF THERMAL
ALLOY APPROX. TEMPER AT 77°F Percent of International AT 68°F
EXPANSION
Annealed Copper Standard
68° TO 212°F English Equal Equal Ohm—Cir.
°F
per °F Units R Volume Weight Mil/Foot
N
6061 13.1 1080–1205 Y O 1250 47 155 22
T4 1070 40 132 26
T6 1160 43 142 24
IG
6063 13.0 1140–1210 O 1510 58 191 18
T1 1340 50 165 21
T5 1450 55 181 19
T6, T83 1390 53 175 20
6066 12.9 1045–1195 T O 1070 40 132 26
ES
T6 1020 37 122 28
6070 .. 1050–1200 T T6 1190 44 145 24
6082 12.8 1070-1200 T6, T6511 1190 44 145 24
6101 13.0 1150–1210 T6 1510 57 188 18
T61 1540 59 194 18
T63 D 1510 58 191 18
T64 1570 60 198 17
T65 1510 58 191 18
6105 13.0 1110–1200 Y T1 1220 46 151 23
T5 1340 50 165 21
6151 12.9 1090–1200 Y O 1420 54 178 19
R
T4 1130 42 138 25
T6 1190 45 148 23
6201 13.0 1125–1210 Y T81 1420 54 180 19
1080–1205 Y
FO
T6 1370 52 172 20
7049 13.0 890–1175 T73 1070 40 132 26
O
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7475 12.9 890–1175 T61, T651 960 35 116 30
T76, T761 1020 40 132 26
T7351 1130 42 139 25
8017 13.1 1190–1215 H12, H22 .. 59 193 18
H212 .. 61 200 17
8030 13.1 1190–1215 H221 1600 61 201 17
8176 13.1 1190–1215 H24 61 201 17
Q Coefficient to be multiplied by 10−6. Example: 12.2 × 10−6 = 0.0000122. Y Eutectic melting can be completely eliminated by homogenization.
W Melting ranges shown apply to wrought products of ¼ inch thickness or U Homogenization may raise eutectic melting temperature 20–40°F but
greater. usually does not eliminate eutectic melting.
E Based on typical composition of the indicated alloys. I Although not formerly registered, the literature and some specifications
R English units = btu-in./ft2hr°F. have used T736 as the designation for this temper.
T Eutectic melting is not eliminated by homogenization.
AVERAGE Q ELECTRICAL
MELTING THERMAL ELECTRICAL
COEFFICIENT CONDUCTIVITY
RANGE W E CONDUCTIVITY RESISTIVITY
OF THERMAL AT 20°C
ALLOY APPROX. TEMPER AT 25°C AT 20°C
EXPANSION MS/m I
20° TO 100°C Equal Equal
°C W/m • K Ohm • mm2/m
per °C Volume Mass
1060 23.6 645–655 O 234 36 118 0.028
H18 230 35 117 0.029
1100 23.6 640–655 O 222 34 113 0.029
H18 218 33 108 0.030
1350 23.6 645–655 All 234 36 118 0.028
N
2011 22.9 540–645 T T3 151 23 71 0.043
T8 172 26 82 0.038
2014 23.0 505–635 R O 193 29 92 0.034
T4 134 20 63 0.050
IG
T6 155 23 74 0.043
2017 23.6 510–640 R O 193 29 92 0.034
T4 134 20 63 0.050
2018 22.3 505–640 T T61 155 23 74 0.043
2024 23.2 500–635 R O 193 29 93 0.034
ES
T3, T4, T361 121 17 56 0.059
T6, T81, T861 151 22 71 0.045
2025 22.7 520–640 R T6 155 23 74 0.043
2036 23.4 555–650 T T4 159 24 78 0.042
2117 23.8 550–650 T T4 155 23 75 0.043
2124 22.9 500–635 R T851 152 22 71 0.045
505–635 R
D
2218 22.3 T72 155 23 73 0.043
2219 22.3 545–645 R O 172 26 80 0.038
T31, T37 113 16 57 0.062
T6, T81, T87 121 17 58 0.059
2618 22.3 550–640 T6 146 21 70 0.048
R
3003 23.2 640–655 O 193 29 92 0.034
H12 163 24 78 0.042
H14 159 24 78 0.042
H18 155 23 74 0.043
FO
IV-34 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
AVERAGE Q ELECTRICAL
MELTING THERMAL ELECTRICAL
COEFFICIENT CONDUCTIVITY
RANGE W E CONDUCTIVITY RESISTIVITY
OF THERMAL AT 20°C
ALLOY APPROX. TEMPER AT 25°C AT 20°C
EXPANSION MS/m I
20° TO 100°C Equal Equal
°C W/m • K Ohm • mm2/m
per °C Volume Mass
6053 23.0 575–650 T O 172 26 86 0.038
T4 155 23 77 0.042
T6 167 24 81 0.041
6061 23.6 580–650 T O 180 27 90 0.037
N
T4 155 23 77 0.043
T6 167 25 82 0.040
6063 23.4 615–655 O 218 34 111 0.029
T1 193 29 96 0.034
IG
T5 209 32 105 0.031
T6, T83 201 31 102 0.032
6066 23.2 560–645 R O 155 23 77 0.043
T6 146 21 71 0.048
6070 .. 565–650 R T6 172 26 84 0.038
ES
6082 23.0 575-650 T6, T76511 172 26 84 0.040
6101 23.4 620–655 T6 218 33 109 0.030
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Q Coefficient to be multiplied by 10–6. Example: 23.6 × 10–6 = 0.0000236. U Although not formerly registered, the literature and some specifica-
W Melting ranges shown apply to wrought products of 6 mm thickness tions have used T736 as the designation for this temper.
or greater. I MS/m = 0.58 × % IACS.
E Based on typical composition of the indicated alloys.
R Eutectic melting is not eliminated by homogenization.
T Eutectic melting can be completely eliminated by homogenization.
Y Homogenization may raise eutectic melting temperature 10–20°C but
usually does not eliminate eutectic melting.
N
500 4 2.6 75 500 11 9 55
600 2.9 2 80 600 7.5 6 75
700 2.1 1.6 85 700 5 4 100
IG
–112 20 18 24 (plate) –112 71 49 19
–18 19 17 20 –18 69 47 19
75 18 17 20 75 68 47 19
212 16 15 20 212 63 45 19
300 14 12 23 300 45 36 17
ES
400 10 7.5 26 400 26 19 27
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
212 47 34 16 –112 74 69 7
300 28 19 25 –18 73 68 7
400 16 11 35 75 70 65 7
500 6.5 3.8 45 212 66 62 8
600 3.1 1.8 90 300 55 49 11
700 2.3 1.4 125 400 27 20 23
500 11 9 55
2014-T6, T651 –320 84 72 14 600 7.5 6 75
–112 74 65 13 700 5 4 100
T
–18 72 62 13
75 70 60 13 2024-T861 –320 92 85 5
212 63 57 15 –112 81 77 5
O
300 40 35 20 –18 78 74 5
400 16 13 38 75 75 71 5
500 9.5 7.5 52 212 70 67 6
600 6.5 5 65 300 54 48 11
N
N
500 11 8 60 600 4 2.4 70
600 7.5 6 75 700 2.8 1.8 70
700 5.5 4.1 100
3003-H18 –320 41 33 23
IG
2218-T61 –320 72 52 15 –112 32 29 11
–112 61 45 14 –18 30 28 10
–18 59 44 13 75 29 27 10
75 59 44 13 212 26 21 10
212 56 42 15 300 23 16 11
ES
300 41 35 17 400 14 9 18
400 22 16 30 500 7.5 4 60
500 10 6 70 600 4 2.4 70
600 5.5 3 85 700 2.8 1.8 70
700 4 2.5 100
3004-O –320 42 13 38
2219-T62 –320 73 49 16 –112 28 11 30
–112 63 44 13 –18 26 10 26
D
–18 60 42 12 75 26 10 25
75 58 40 12 212 26 10 25
212 54 37 14 300 22 10 35
300 45 33 17 400 14 9.5 55
400 34 25 20 500 10 7.5 70
R
–12 67 55 11 –18 42 36 7
–18 64 54 10 75 41 36 6
75 64 54 10 212 40 36 7
212 62 54 10 300 31 27 15
N
300 50 44 14 400 22 15 30
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
N
500 9 6 .. 500 17 11 80
600 6 4.2 .. 600 11 7.5 110
700 3.9 2.6 .. 700 6 4.2 130
IG
5050-H34 –320 44 30 .. 5083-H32 75 46 33 16
–112 30 25 ..
–18 28 24 .. 5086-O –320 55 19 46
75 28 24 .. –112 39 17 35
212 28 24 .. –18 38 17 32
300 25 22 .. 75 38 17 30
ES
400 14 7.5 .. 212 38 17 36
500 9 6 .. 300 29 16 50
600 6 4.2 .. 400 22 15 60
700 3.9 2.6 .. 500 17 11 80
600 11 7.5 110
5050-H38 –320 46 36 .. 700 6 4.2 130
–112 34 30 ..
–18
75
32
32
29
29
..
..
D 5154-O –320
–112
52
36
19
17
46
35
212 31 29 .. –18 35 17 32
300 27 25 .. 75 35 17 30
400 14 7.5 .. 212 35 17 36
500 9 6 .. 300 29 16 50
R
600 6 4.2 .. 400 22 15 60
700 3.9 2.6 .. 500 17 11 80
600 11 7.5 110
5052-O –320 44 16 46 700 6 4.2 130
FO
–112 29 13 35
–18 28 13 32 5254-O –320 52 19 46
75 28 13 30 –112 36 17 35
212 28 13 36 –18 35 17 32
300 23 13 50 75 35 17 30
400 17 11 60 212 35 17 36
500 12 7.5 80 300 29 16 50
600 7.5 5.5 110 400 22 15 60
700 5 3.1 130 500 17 11 80
T
400 24 15 45 212 36 17 31
500 12 7.5 80 300 29 16 50
600 7.5 5.5 110 400 22 15 60
700 5 3.1 130 500 17 11 80
600 11 7.5 110
5052-H38 –320 60 44 25 700 6 4.2 130
–112 44 38 18
–18 42 37 15 5454-H32 –320 59 36 32
75 42 37 14 –112 42 31 23
212 40 36 16 –18 41 30 20
300 34 28 24 75 40 30 18
400 25 15 45 212 39 29 20
500 12 7.5 80 300 32 26 37
600 7.5 5.5 110 400 25 19 45
700 5 3.1 130 500 17 11 80
600 11 7.5 110
For all numbered footnotes, see page IV-41. 700 6 4.2 130
N
500 4.5 3.5 75
600 11 7.5 110 600 3.3 2.5 80
700 6 4.2 130 700 2.3 2 105
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
IG
5456-O -320 62 26 32
-320 76 62 17
-112 46 23 25 6082-T6, T6511 -112 61 52 13
-18 45 23 22
-18 51 49 ..
75 45 23 20
75 49 46 14
212 42 22 31
212 48 45 ..
300 31 20 50
300 48 45 ..
ES
400 22 17 60
400 15 11 ..
500 17 11 80
500 .. .. ..
600 11 7.5 110
600 .. .. ..
700 6 4.2 130
700 .. .. ..
5456-H32 75 51 37 16 6101-T6 -320 43 33 24
-112 36 30 20
D
6005A-T5 75 42 38 10
-18 34 29 19
6005A-T61 75 45 40 12 75 32 28 19
212 28 25 20
6053-T6, T651 75 37 32 13 300 21 19 20
400 10 7 40
R
212 32 28 13
300 25 24 13 500 4.8 3.3 80
400 13 12 25 600 3 2.3 100
500 5.5 4 70 700 2.5 1.8 105
FO
400 19 15 28
500 7.5 5 60 700 4 3.2 35
600 4.6 2.7 85 6262-T651 -320 60 47 22
O
700 3 1.8 95
-112 49 42 18
6063-T1 -320 34 16 44 -18 47 41 17
-112 26 15 36 75 45 40 17
212 42 38 18
N
-18 24 14 34
75 22 13 33 300 34 31 20
212 22 14 18 6262-T9
300 21 15 20 -320 74 67 14
400 9 6.5 40 -112 62 58 10
500 4.5 3.5 75 -18 60 56 10
600 3.2 2.5 80 75 58 55 10
700 2.3 2 105 212 53 52 10
300 38 37 14
6063-T5 -320 37 24 28 400 15 13 34
-112 29 22 24 500 8.5 6 48
-18 28 22 23 600 4.6 2.7 85
75 27 21 12 700 3 1.8 95
212 24 20 18
300 20 18 20 6360-T5 75 27 21 12
400 9 6.5 40
500 4.5 3.5 75 6360-T6 75 35 31 12
600 3.2 2.5 80
700 2.3 2 105
For all numbered footnotes, see page IV-41.
TENSILE STRENGTH,
ALLOY AND TEMP. ELONGATION
ksi
TEMPER IN 2 IN.,
°F ULTIMATE YIELD W PERCENT
N
500 11 9 65
600 8 6.5 70
700 6 4.6 70
IG
7075-T73, -320 92 72 14
T7351 -112 79 67 14
-18 76 65 13
75 73 63 13
212 63 58 15
ES
300 31 27 30
400 16 13 55
500 11 9 65
600 8 6.5 70
700 6 4.6 70
75 80 72 12
212 70 65 14
300 30 26 28
400 14 11 55
500 9.5 7 70
600 6.5 5.5 80
700 5 3.8 85
T
7475-T651 Plate 75 85 74 13
7475-T761 -320 95 82 11
O
Sheet -112 84 73 12
-18 80 70 12
75 76 67 12
212 64 61 14
N
300 30 26 38
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
400 14 11 55
500 9.5 7 70
600 6.5 5.5 80
700 5 3.8 85
Q These data are based on a limited amount of testing and represent the
lowest strength during 10,000 hours of exposure at testing temperature
under no load; stress applied at 5.000 psi/min to yield strength and then
at strain rate of 0.05 in./in./min to failure. Under some conditions of
temperature and time, the application of heat will adversely affect certain
other properties of some alloys.
W Offset equals 0.2 percent.
N
315 20 14 80 315 50 41 75
370 14 11 85 370 34 28 100
IG
–80 140 125 24 (plate) –80 490 340 19
–30 130 115 20 –30 475 325 19
25 125 115 20 25 470 325 19
100 110 105 20 100 435 310 19
150 95 85 23 150 310 250 17
205 70 50 26 205 180 130
ES
27
260 28 18 75 260 75 60 55
315 20 14 80 315 50 41 75
370 14 11 85 370 34 28 100
315 20 14 80 315 50 41 75
370 14 11 85 370 34 28 100
N
205 185 140 28 260 50 28 60
260 75 55 60 315 28 17 70
315 50 41 75 370 19 12 70
370 38 28 100
IG
3003-H18 –195 285 230 23
2218-T61 –195 495 360 15 –80 220 200 11
–80 420 310 14 –30 205 195 10
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
–30 405 305 13 25 200 185 10
25 405 305 13 100 180 145 10
ES
100 385 290 15 150 160 110 11
150 285 240 17 205 95 60 18
205 150 110 30 260 50 28 60
260 70 41 70 315 28 17 70
315 38 21 85 370 19 12 70
370 28 17 100
3004-O –195 290 90 38
2219-T62 –195 505 340 16 –80 195 75 30
–80
–30
25
435
415
400
305
290
275
13
12
12
D –30
25
100
180
180
180
70
70
70
26
25
25
100 370 255 14 150 150 70 35
150 310 230 17 205 95 65 55
R
205 235 170 20 260 70 50 70
260 185 140 21 315 50 34 80
315 70 55 40 370 34 21 90
370 30 26 75
FO
315 48 41 55 370 34 21 90
370 30 26 75
3004-H38 –195 400 295 20
O
N
315 41 29 .. 315 75 50 110
370 27 18 .. 370 41 29 130
IG
5050-H34 –195 305 205 .. 5086-O –195 380 130 46
–80 205 170 .. –80 270 115 35
–30 195 165 .. –30 260 115 32
25 195 165 .. 25 260 115 30
100 195 165 .. 100 260 115 36
ES
150 170 150 .. 150 200 110 50
205 95 50 .. 205 150 105 60
260 60 41 .. 260 115 75 80
315 41 29 .. 315 75 50 110
370 27 18 .. 370 41 29 130
N
260 31 24 75
315 75 50 110
315 23 17 80
370 41 29 130
370 16 14 105
5456-O –195 425 180 32
IG
–80 315 160 25 6082-T6, T6511 –195 525 425 17
–30 310 160 22 –80 420 360 13
25 310 160 20 –30 350 340 ..
100 290 150 31 25 340 315 14
150 215 140 50 100 330 310 ..
205 150 115 60
ES
150 330 310 ..
260 115 75 80 205 105 75 ..
315 75 50 110 260 .. .. ..
370 41 29 130 315 .. .. ..
370 .. .. ..
5456-H32 25 350 255 14
6101-T6 –195 295 230 24
6005A-T5 260 –80
6005A-T61
25 290
275
10
D –30
250
235
205
200
20
19
25 310 12 25 220 195 19
100 195 170 20
6053-T6, T651 220 150 145 130 20
25 255 13
195 205 70 48 40
100 220 13
R
165 260 33 23 80
150 170 13
85 315 21 16 100
205 90 25
28 370 17 12 105
260 38 70
19
FO
315 28 80
14 6151-T6 -195 395 345 20
370 20 90
-80 345 315 17
6061-T6, T651 325 -30 340 310 17
-195 415 22
290 25 330 295 17
-80 340 18
285 100 295 275 17
-30 325 17
275 150 195 185 20
25 310 17
260 205 95 85 30
100 290 18
215 260 45 34 50
150 235 20
105 43
T
-30 165 34
90 150 235 215 20
25 150 33
95
100 150 18
105 6262-T9 -195 510 460 14
150 145 20
45 -80 425 400 10
205 60 40
24 -30 415 385 10
260 31 75
17 25 400 380 10
315 22 80
14 100 365 360 10
370 16 105
150 260 255 14
6063-T5 165 205 105 90 34
-195 255 28
150 260 60 41 48
-80 200 24
150 315 32 19 85
-30 195 23
145 370 21 12 95
25 185 12
140
100 165 18 6360-T5 25 185
125 145 22
150 140 20
45
205 60 40 6360-T6 25 240 215 18
24
260 31 75
17
315 22 80
14
370 16 105
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`
N
260 75 60 65
315 55 45 70
370 41 32 70
IG
7075-T73, –195 635 495 14
T7351 –80 545 460 14
–30 525 450 13
25 505 435 13
100 435 400 15
150 215 185 30
ES
205 110 90 55
260 75 60 65
315 55 45 70
370 41 32 70
370 34 26 85
O
7475-T651
25 585 510 13
Plate
7475-T761 –195 655 565 11
Sheet 505
N
–80 580 12
–30 550 485 12
25 525 460 12
100 440 420 14
150 205 180 38
205 95 75 55
260 65 50 70
315 45 38 80
370 34 26 85
Q These data are based on a limited amount of testing and represent the
lowest strength during 10,000 hours of exposure at testing temperature
under no load; stress applied at approximately 0.58 MPa/s in to yield
strength and then at strain rate of approximately 0.001mm/mm/s in to
failure. Under some conditions of temperature and time, the applica-
tion of heat will adversely affect certain other properties of some alloys.
W Offset equals 0.2 percent.
PART V
Section Properties
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section Properties
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table 1 Nomenclature.............................................................................................................................4
Table 2 Section Designations .................................................................................................................5
Table 3 Weights Per Square Foot ............................................................................................................6
Table 4 Aluminum Association Standard Channels ...............................................................................7
Table 5 American Standard Channels ....................................................................................................8
Table 6 Car and Shipbuilding Channels ...............................................................................................10
Table 7 Canadian Channels ..................................................................................................................11
Table 8 Aluminum Association Standard I Beams ...............................................................................12
Table 9 Wide Flange Beams .................................................................................................................13
Table 10 Wide Flange Beams – Army-Navy Series ...............................................................................14
Table 11 American Standard I Beams ....................................................................................................15
Table 12 Canadian I Beams ....................................................................................................................16
Table 13 Canadian Wide Flange Beams .................................................................................................17
Table 14 Angles – Equal Legs ................................................................................................................18
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NOMENCLATURE
A area in2
b width in.
Cw warping constant in6
d depth in.
I moment of inertia in4
J torsion constant in4
r radius of gyration in.
ro polar radius of gyration about the shear center in.
R radius in.
Rb mid-thickness radius of a pipe or tube in.
S elastic section modulus in3
t thickness in.
tf flange thickness in.
tw web thickness in.
Wt weight per unit length lb/ft
X location of the major axis in.
xo x coordinate of shear center in.
Y location of the minor axis in.
yo y coordinate of shear center in.
Z plastic section modulus in3
x and y subscripts denote the axis about which the property is taken.
The x axis is the major axis. The y axis is the minor axis.
SECTION DESIGNATIONS
American Standard I shapes with flanges with a 1:6 slope on the inner
S Depth × Wt S 10 × 12.1
I-Beams surface
Army-Navy Wide Flange I shapes with flat flanges and a radius on the inside
WF(A-N) Depth × Wt WF(A-N) 4 × 4.14
Beams corner of the flanges
L long leg × short leg × L shaped product with a fillet at the junction of the
Angles L3×2×¼
thickness legs and radii on the inside tips of the legs
LS long leg × short leg × L shaped product with small radii at the
Square End Angles LS 3 × 3 × 1/8
thickness corners
Tees T Depth × Width × Wt T 2.50 × 2.50 × 1.91 T shapes
Zees Z Depth × Width × Wt Z 4.00 × 3.19 × 4.32 Z shapes
Rolled product with a rectangular cross
Plates PL Thickness × Width PL 0.375 × 60
section at least 0.25 in. thick
Solid product with a circular cross section at least
Rods RD Diameter RD 0.500
0.375 in. in diameter
Solid product with a square cross section at least
Square Bars SQ Side dimension SQ 4
0.375 in. on a side
Tube in standardized outside diameters and wall
Pipes NPS size × SCH schedule no. NPS 4 × SCH 40
thicknesses
Outside diameter OD × wall
Round Tubes 4 OD × 0.125 WALL Hollow product with a circular cross section
thickness WALL
RT long side × short side × wall Hollow product with a rectangular cross
Rectangular Tubes RT 6 × 4 × ¼
thickness section (including square tube)
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
X X d
Table 4 R
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CS 8 X 5.79 8.000 3.750 0.410 0.250 0.350 4.92 52.7 13.2 14.9 3.27 7.12 2.82 1.20 1.22 2.57 78.5 0.210
CS 9 X 4.98 9.000 3.250 0.350 0.230 0.350 4.24 54.4 12.1 13.8 3.58 4.40 1.89 1.02 0.928 2.00 62.8 0.127
CS 9 X 6.97 9.000 4.000 0.440 0.290 0.350 5.93 78.3 17.4 19.8 3.63 9.60 3.49 1.27 1.25 2.63 135 0.293
CS 10 X 6.14 10.000 3.500 0.410 0.250 0.350 5.22 83.2 16.6 19.0 3.99 6.33 2.55 1.10 1.02 2. 19 111 0.209
CS 10 X 8.36 10.000 4.250 0.500 0.310 0.400 7.11 116 23.2 26.5 4.04 13.0 4.46 1.35 1.34 2.81 226 0.444
CS 12 X 8.27 12.000 4.000 0.470 0.290 0.400 7.04 160 26.6 30.5 4.77 11.0 3.85 1.25 1.14 2.45 281 0.367
CS 12 X 11.8 12.000 5.000 0.620 0. 350 0.450 10.1 240 39.9 45.4 4.88 25.7 7.59 1.60 1.61 3.39 639 0.948
1
CS 14 x 13.9 14.000 6.000 0.640 0.320 0.450 11.8 401 57.3 64.2 5.82 44.7 11.20 1.94 2.00 4.27 1511 1.188
V-7
3. Weights are for 6061 with a density of 0.098 lb/in3.
b
V-8
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Y
slope 1:6
d X X
d1 (nominal)
x
Y
January 2015
Table 5
January 2015
Average Axis X-X Axis Y-Y
Flange Tip Flange Web Fillet Tip y-axis
Depth Width Thickness Thickness Thickness Radius Radius Area Location
V-9
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b
V-10
Y
slope
d X X
d1 (nominal)
R1
x
Y
Table 6
CS 4 × 3.32 4.000 2.500 0.344 0.318 1:34.9 0.375 0.125 2.38 2.82 6.84 3.42 1.56 1.62 0.95 0.76 0.81
CS 5 × 5.82 5.000 2.875 0.562 0.438 1:9.8 0.250 0.094 3.00 4.95 18.1 7.25 1.91 3.57 1.87 0.85 0.96
CS 6 × 5.77 6.000 3.000 0.375 0.500 0 0.375 0.250 4.50 4.91 24.1 8.02 2.21 3.52 1.61 0.85 0.81
CS 6 × 5.93 6.000 3.500 0.442 0.375 1:49.6 0.480 0.420 4.00 5.04 28.2 9.41 2.37 5.58 2.31 1.05 1.09
CS 8 × 6.59 8.000 3.000 0.468 0.380 1:14.43 0.550 0.220 5.75 5.60 54.2 13.5 3.11 4.10 1.88 0.86 0.81
CS 8 × 7.86 8.000 3.500 0.524 0.425 1:28.5 0.525 0.375 5.75 6.68 63.8 15.9 3.09 7.06 2.84 1.03 1.01
CS 10 × 8.58 10.000 3.500 0.544 0.375 1:9 0.625 0.188 7.50 7.30 110 21.9 3.88 7.19 2.80 0.99 0.93
January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b
Y
x tf
shear
center tw
January 2015
Flange Web Fillet
xo
d b tf tw R A Ix Sx Zx rx Iy Sy ry x xo Cw J
2 4 3 3 4 3 6 4
Designation in. in. in. in. in. in in in in in. in in in. in. in. in in
CS 2 X 0.706 2.000 1.500 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.600 0.391 0.391 0.447 0.807 0.137 0.136 0.477 0.493 1.011 0.0938 0.0031
CS 2.25 X 0.86 2.250 1.000 0.188 0.188 0.062 0.730 0.505 0.449 0.553 0.832 0.062 0.090 0.292 0.303 0.534 0.0589 0.0086
V-11
3. Weights are for 6061 with a density of 0.098 lb/in3.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,
b
V-12
Y
tf
d X X
January 2015
b
Y
January 2015
R1
tw
d X X
Table 9
WF 6 × 4.16 6.000 4.000 0.279 0.230 0 0.250 0 4.88 3.54 21.8 7.25 2.48 2.98 1.49 0.92
WF 6 × 5.40 6.000 6.000 0.269 0.240 0 0.250 0 4.88 4.59 30.2 10.1 2.56 9.69 3.23 1.45
WF 6 × 7.85 6.000 5.930 0.451 0.250 1:15.6 0.313 0.180 4.38 6.68 44.3 14.8 2.57 14.0 4.67 1.45
WF 6 × 8.30 6.000 6.000 0.451 0.313 1:15.6 0.313 0.180 4.38 7.06 45.4 15.1 2.54 14.5 4.83 1.43
WF 6 × 9.18 6.000 6.130 0.451 0.438 1:15.6 0.313 0.180 4.38 7.81 47.6 15.9 2.47 15.5 5.16 1.41
WF 8 × 5.90 8.000 5.250 0.308 0.230 0 0.320 0 6.75 5.02 56.7 14.2 3.36 7.44 2.83 1.22
WF 8 × 8.32 8.000 6.500 0.398 0.245 0 0.400 0 6.38 7.08 84.2 21.0 3.44 18.2 5.61 1.61
WF 10 × 11.4 9.750 7.964 0.433 0.292 0 0.500 0 7.88 9.71 171 35.1 4.20 36.5 9.16 1.94
WF 10 × 7.30 9.900 5.750 0.340 0.240 0 0.312 0 8.56 6.21 107 21.6 4.15 10.8 3.75 1.32
WF 12 × 13.8 11.940 8.000 0.516 0.294 0 0.600 0 9.69 11.8 310 51.9 5.13 44.1 11.0 1.94
WF 12 × 18.3 12.060 10.000 0.576 0.345 0 0.600 0 9.69 15.6 426 70.7 5.23 96.1 19.2 2.48
V-13
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b
V-14
Y
tf
d X X
January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b
Y
slope 1:6
R2
January 2015
d X X d1 (nominal)
Table 11
Flange Tip Avg Flange Web Fillet Axis X-X Axis Y-Y
Depth Width Thickness Thickness Thickness Radius Tip Radius Area
d b tf t tw R1 R2 d1 A Ix Sx rx Iy Sy ry
Designation in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in2 in4 in3 in. in4 in3 in.
S 4 × 2.64 4.000 2.660 0.190 0.293 0.190 0.290 0.110 2.75 2.25 6.06 3.03 1.64 0.76 0.57 0.58
S 4 × 3.28 4.000 2.796 0.190 0.293 0.326 0.290 0.110 2.75 2.79 6.79 3.39 1.56 0.90 0.65 0.57
S 5 × 3.43 5.000 3.000 0.210 0.326 0.210 0.310 0.130 3.50 2.92 12.3 4.90 2.05 1.21 0.81 0.64
S 5 × 4.23 5.000 3.137 0.210 0.326 0.347 0.310 0.130 3.50 3.60 13.7 5.48 1.95 1.41 0.90 0.63
S 5 × 5.10 5.000 3.284 0.210 0.326 0.494 0.310 0.130 3.50 4.34 15.2 6.09 1.87 1.66 1.01 0.62
S 6 × 4.30 6.000 3.330 0.230 0.359 0.230 0.330 0.140 4.50 3.66 22.1 7.36 2.46 1.82 1.09 0.71
S 6 × 5.10 6.000 3.443 0.230 0.359 0.343 0.330 0.140 4.50 4.34 24.1 8.04 2.36 2.04 1.19 0.69
S 6 × 5.96 6.000 3.565 0.230 0.359 0.465 0.330 0.140 4.50 5.07 26.3 8.77 2.28 2.31 1.30 0.68
S 7 × 6.05 7.000 3.755 0.250 0.392 0.345 0.350 0.150 5.25 5.15 39.4 11.3 2.77 2.88 1.53 0.75
S 8 × 6.35 8.000 4.000 0.270 0.425 0.270 0.370 0.160 6.25 5.40 57.6 14.4 3.27 3.73 1.86 0.83
S 8 × 7.96 8.000 4.171 0.270 0.425 0.441 0.370 0.160 6.25 6.77 64.9 16.2 3.10 4.31 2.07 0.80
S 10 × 8.76 10.000 4.660 0.310 0.491 0.310 0.410 0.190 8.00 7.45 123 24.5 4.07 6.78 2.91 0.95
S 10 × 10.4 10.000 4.797 0.310 0.491 0.447 0.410 0.190 8.00 8.82 135 27.0 3.91 7.50 3.13 0.92
S 10 × 12.1 10.000 4.944 0.310 0.491 0.594 0.410 0.190 8.00 10.3 147 29.4 3.78 8.36 3.38 0.90
S 12 × 11.0 12.000 5.000 0.350 0.544 0.350 0.450 0.210 9.75 9.35 218 36.4 4.83 9.35 3.74 1.00
S 12 × 12.1 12.000 5.078 0.350 0.544 0.428 0.450 0.210 9.75 10.3 229 38.2 4.72 9.87 3.89 0.98
S 12 × 14.1 12.000 5.250 0.460 0.660 0.460 0.560 0.280 9.25 12.0 272 45.4 4.77 13.5 5.16 1.06
S 12 × 15.6 12.000 5.355 0.460 0.660 0.565 0.560 0.280 9.25 13.2 287 47.9 4.66 14.5 5.42 1.05
S 12 × 17.3 12.000 5.477 0.460 0.660 0.687 0.560 0.280 9.25 14.7 305 50.8 4.56 15.7 5.74 1.03
V-15
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b
V-16
Y
d X X
I 4 × 2.68 4.000 3.000 0.250 0.188 0.375 2.28 6.28 3.14 1.66 1.13 0.754 0.705 3.98 0.017 1.80
I 5 × 4.05 5.000 3.500 0.312 0.250 0.437 3.44 14.5 5.79 2.05 2.24 1.28 0.808 12.3 0.036 2.20
I 6 × 3.92 6.000 3.000 0.312 0.250 0.375 3.34 19.2 6.40 2.40 1.42 0.945 0.652 11.5 0.026 2.49
I 6 × 4.82 6.000 3.500 0.375 0.250 0.438 4.10 24.9 8.28 2.46 2.70 1.54 0.811 21.3 0.043 2.59
I 6 × 5.46 6.000 4.000 0.375 0.281 0.437 4.64 28.2 9.40 2.47 4.02 2.01 0.931 31.8 0.048 2.64
I 10 × 9.83 10.000 5.000 0.500 0.343 0.562 8.36 139 27.8 4.08 10.5 4.19 1.12 236 0.127 4.23
I 10 × 11.3 10.000 6.000 0.500 0.375 0.562 9.65 163 32.7 4.12 18.1 6.02 1.37 408 0.140 4.34
I 12 × 12.5 12.000 5.500 0.625 0.375 0.625 10.6 252 42.0 4.88 15.7 5.70 1.22 513 0.193 5.03
I 12 × 15.5 12.000 6.500 0.625 0.437 0.625 13.2 317 52.9 4.91 28.7 8.84 1.48 929 0.245 5.13
January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b
Y tf
tw
WF 6 × 7.61 6.000 6.000 0.375 0.312 0.625 6.47 41.5 13.8 2.53 13.5 4.52 1.45 107 0.117 2.91
WF 6 × 9.66 6.000 6.000 0.500 0.375 0.625 8.21 51.2 17.1 2.50 18.1 6.02 1.48 137 0.176 2.91
V-17
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
x Y
V-18
t
R2
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 14 b
ANGLES – EQUAL LEGS
L 1 3/4 × 1 3/4 × 1/8 1.750 1.750 0.125 0.188 0.125 0.50 0.423 0.121 0.0948 0.535 0.473 0.0462 0.330
L 1 3/4 × 1 3/4 × 1/4 1.750 1.750 0.250 0.188 0.125 0.96 0.813 0.223 0.182 0.523 0.524 0.0904 0.333
L 1 3/4 × 1 3/4 × 3/8 1.750 1.750 0.375 0.188 0.125 1.38 1.17 0.306 0.259 0.511 0.570 0.132 0.336
L 2 × 2 × 1/8 2.000 2.000 0.125 0.250 0.125 0.58 0.491 0.185 0.126 0.613 0.531 0.071 0.381
L 2 × 2 × 3/16 2.000 2.000 0.188 0.250 0.125 0.85 0.723 0.268 0.186 0.608 0.560 0.106 0.382
L 2 × 2 × 1/4 2.000 2.000 0.250 0.250 0.125 1.11 0.944 0.342 0.242 0.602 0.585 0.138 0.382
L 2 × 2 × 5/16 2.000 2.000 0.312 0.250 0.125 1.36 1.16 0.410 0.295 0.595 0.609 0.169 0.383
L 2 × 2 × 3/8 2.000 2.000 0.375 0.250 0.125 1.61 1.37 0.474 0.346 0.589 0.632 0.201 0.383
L 3 × 3 × 3/16 3.000 3.000 0.188 0.312 0.250 1.28 1.09 0.908 0.412 0.914 0.797 0.332 0.553
L 3 × 3 × 1/4 3.000 3.000 0.250 0.312 0.250 1.68 1.43 1.19 0.547 0.912 0.826 0.450 0.560
L 3 × 3 × 5/16 3.000 3.000 0.312 0.312 0.250 2.08 1.77 1.45 0.677 0.907 0.852 0.563 0.564
L 3 × 3 × 3/8 3.000 3.000 0.375 0.312 0.250 2.47 2.10 1.71 0.804 0.901 0.877 0.674 0.566
L 3 × 3 × 1/2 3.000 3.000 0.500 0.312 0.250 3.23 2.74 2.17 1.04 0.889 0.924 0.888 0.569
L 3 1/2 × 3 1/2 × 1/4 3.500 3.500 0.250 0.375 0.250 1.99 1.69 1.94 0.758 1.07 0.947 0.739 0.661
L 3 1/2 × 3 1/2 × 5/16 3.500 3.500 0.313 0.375 0.250 2.47 2.10 2.38 0.942 1.07 0.974 0.924 0.664
L 3 1/2 × 3 1/2 × 3/8 3.500 3.500 0.375 0.375 0.250 2.93 2.49 2.79 1.12 1.06 1.00 1.10 0.665
January 2015
L 3 1/2 × 3 1/2 × 1/2 3.500 3.500 0.500 0.375 0.250 3.83 3.25 3.57 1.45 1.05 1.05 1.45 0.667
Table 14
January 2015
Fillet Axis X-X, Y-Y Axis Z-Z
Depth Width Thickness Radius Tip Radius Area
d b t R1 R2 Weight A Ix , Iy Sx , Sy rx , ry x, y Iz rz
L 5 × 5 × 3/8 5.000 5.000 0.375 0.500 0.375 4.24 3.60 8.40 2.31 1.53 1.36 3.19 0.941
L 5 × 5 × 7/16 5.000 5.000 0.438 0.500 0.375 4.92 4.18 9.69 2.68 1.52 1.39 3.73 0.945
L 5 × 5 × 1/2 5.000 5.000 0.500 0.500 0.375 5.58 4.74 10.9 3.04 1.52 1.41 4.25 0.947
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
L 5 × 5 × 9/16 5.000 5.000 0.563 0.500 0.375 6.24 5.31 12.1 3.40 1.51 1.44 4.77 0.948
L 5 × 5 × 5/8 5.000 5.000 0.625 0.500 0.375 6.88 5.85 13.3 3.75 1.50 1.46 5.28 0.949
L 5 × 5 × 3/4 5.000 5.000 0.750 0.500 0.375 8.15 6.93 15.4 4.42 1.49 1.51 6.27 0.951
L 6 × 6 × 3/8 6.000 6.000 0.375 0.500 0.375 5.12 4.35 14.9 3.39 1.85 1.61 5.69 1.14
L 6 × 6 × 7/16 6.000 6.000 0.438 0.500 0.375 5.95 5.06 17.2 3.94 1.84 1.64 6.65 1.15
L 6 × 6 × 1/2 6.000 6.000 0.500 0.500 0.375 6.75 5.74 19.4 4.48 1.84 1.66 7.58 1.15
L 6 × 6 × 5/8 6.000 6.000 0.625 0.500 0.375 8.35 7.10 23.7 5.52 1.83 1.71 9.39 1.15
L 6 × 6 × 3/4 6.000 6.000 0.750 0.500 0.375 9.91 8.43 27.7 6.53 1.81 1.76 11.1 1.15
L 8 × 8 × 1/2 8.000 8.000 0.500 0.625 0.375 9.14 7.77 47.8 8.18 2.48 2.16 18.8 1.55
V-19
x Y
t
d 45°
t
X X
y
t
Y Z
b
Table 15
SQUARE END ANGLES – EQUAL LEGS
Depth Width Thickness Area Axis X-X, Y-Y Axis Z-Z
d b t Weight A I x , Iy Sx , Sy rx , ry x, y Iz rz
Designation in. in. in. lb/ft in2 in4 in3 in. in. in4 in.
LS 1 × 1 × 1/8 1.000 1.000 0.125 0.28 0.234 0.0217 0.0309 0.304 0.296 0.00896 0.196
LS 1 × 1 × 3/16 1.000 1.000 0.188 0.40 0.341 0.0300 0.0440 0.297 0.318 0.0129 0.195
LS 1 × 1 × 1/4 1.000 1.000 0.250 0.51 0.438 0.0369 0.0558 0.290 0.339 0.0168 0.196
LS 1 1/4 × 1 1/4 × 1/8 1.250 1.250 0.125 0.35 0.297 0.0439 0.0493 0.385 0.359 0.0179 0.246
LS 1 1/4 × 1 1/4 × 3/16 1.250 1.250 0.188 0.51 0.435 0.0616 0.0709 0.377 0.381 0.0258 0.244
LS 1 1/4 × 1 1/4 × 1/4 1.250 1.250 0.250 0.66 0.563 0.0767 0.0905 0.369 0.403 0.0333 0.243
LS 1 1/2 × 1 1/2 × 1/8 1.500 1.500 0.125 0.42 0.359 0.0778 0.0721 0.465 0.421 0.0315 0.296
LS 1 1/2 × 1 1/2 × 3/16 1.500 1.500 0.188 0.62 0.529 0.110 0.104 0.457 0.444 0.0455 0.293
LS 1 1/2 × 1 1/2 × 1/4 1.500 1.500 0.250 0.81 0.688 0.139 0.134 0.449 0.466 0.0586 0.292
LS 1 3/4 × 1 3/4 × 1/8 1.750 1.750 0.125 0.50 0.422 0.126 0.099 0.546 0.484 0.0507 0.347
LS 1 3/4 × 1 3/4 × 3/16 1.750 1.750 0.188 0.73 0.623 0.179 0.144 0.537 0.507 0.0734 0.343
LS 1 3/4 × 1 3/4 × 1/4 1.750 1.750 0.250 0.96 0.813 0.227 0.186 0.529 0.529 0.0947 0.341
LS 2 × 2 × 1/8 2.000 2.000 0.125 0.57 0.484 0.190 0.131 0.626 0.546 0.0766 0.398
LS 2 × 2 × 3/16 2.000 2.000 0.188 0.84 0.717 0.273 0.191 0.617 0.569 0.111 0.394
LS 2 × 2 × 1/4 2.000 2.000 0.250 1.10 0.938 0.348 0.247 0.609 0.592 0.143 0.391
LS 2 1/2 × 2 1/2 × 1/8 2.500 2.500 0.125 0.72 0.609 0.378 0.207 0.787 0.671 0.152 0.499
LS 2 1/2 × 2 1/2 × 3/16 2.500 2.500 0.188 1.06 0.905 0.548 0.303 0.778 0.695 0.222 0.495
LS 2 1/2 × 2 1/2 × 1/4 2.500 2.500 0.250 1.40 1.19 0.703 0.394 0.769 0.717 0.287 0.491
LS 2 1/2 × 2 1/2 × 5/16 2.500 2.500 0.312 1.72 1.46 0.847 0.481 0.761 0.739 0.350 0.489
LS 3 × 3 × 1/8 3.000 3.000 0.125 0.86 0.734 0.661 0.300 0.949 0.797 0.265 0.601
LS 3 × 3 × 3/16 3.000 3.000 0.188 1.28 1.09 0.964 0.442 0.939 0.820 0.388 0.596
LS 3 × 3 × 1/4 3.000 3.000 0.250 1.69 1.44 1.24 0.577 0.930 0.842 0.504 0.592
LS 3 × 3 × 5/16 3.000 3.000 0.312 2.09 1.77 1.51 0.706 0.922 0.865 0.616 0.589
LS 3 1/2 × 3 1/2 × 1/8 3.500 3.500 0.125 1.01 0.859 1.06 0.411 1.11 0.922 0.425 0.703
LS 4 × 4 × 1/8 4.000 4.000 0.125 1.16 0.984 1.59 0.539 1.27 1.05 0.638 0.805
LS 4 × 4 × 1/4 4.000 4.000 0.250 2.28 1.94 3.04 1.05 1.25 1.09 1.22 0.795
V-21
t
R2
V-22
Z Y
x
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
L 4 × 3 × 1/2 4.000 3.000 0.500 0.375 0.250 3.83 3.25 4.97 1.85 1.24 1.31 2.37 1.09 0.853 0.819 1.27 0.624 28.62
L 4 × 3 × 5/8 4.000 3.000 0.625 0.375 0.250 4.69 3.99 5.96 2.26 1.22 1.36 2.82 1.32 0.841 0.866 1.56 0.625 28.20
L 4 × 3 1/2 × 5/16 4.000 3.500 0.312 0.375 0.312 2.62 2.23 3.41 1.20 1.24 1.16 2.43 0.938 1.04 0.913 1.06 0.691 37.33
January 2015
t
R2
Z Y
January 2015
R1 X
X
y
V-23
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Y
t x
V-24
Z
Į
January 2015
3. Weights are for 6061 with a density of 0.098 lb/in3.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b
Y t t1
y
R1
X X
d t2
t
Table 18 Y
TEES
Designation Thickness Area Axis X-X Axis Y-Y
Td × b × Wt t t1 t2 R1 A Ix Sx rx y Iy Sy ry
in. in. lb/ft in. in. in. in. in2 in4 in3 in. in. in4 in3 in.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
T 1.00 × 1.00 × 0.31 0.125 0.156 0.156 0.125 0.27 0.023 0.032 0.293 0.292 0.011 0.023 0.206
T 1.25 × 1.50 × 0.44 0.125 0.156 0.156 0.125 0.37 0.049 0.053 0.363 0.326 0.038 0.051 0.319
T 1.25 × 1.50 × 0.62 0.188 0.219 0.219 0.125 0.52 0.067 0.075 0.359 0.352 0.056 0.075 0.328
T 1.50 × 1.50 × 0.68 0.188 0.219 0.219 0.188 0.58 0.114 0.108 0.433 0.437 0.056 0.075 0.312
T 1.50 × 1.50 × 0.87 0.250 0.281 0.281 0.188 0.74 0.142 0.137 0.438 0.464 0.075 0.100 0.319
T 2.00 × 1.50 × 0.86 0.188 0.250 0.250 0.188 0.73 0.269 0.195 0.606 0.624 0.060 0.080 0.286
T 2.00 × 2.00 × 1.26 0.250 0.313 0.313 0.250 1.07 0.37 0.26 0.59 0.58 0.18 0.18 0.41
T 2.00 × 2.00 × 1.50 0.313 0.375 0.375 0.250 1.28 0.43 0.31 0.58 0.61 0.23 0.23 0.42
T 2.25 × 2.25 × 1.42 0.250 0.313 0.313 0.250 1.21 0.53 0.33 0.66 0.64 0.26 0.23 0.46
T 1.25 × 2.50 × 1.00 0.188 0.313 0.218 0.188 0.85 0.08 0.09 0.31 0.30 0.285 0.22 0.57
T 2.25 × 2.50 × 1.91 0.313 0.375 0.375 0.250 1.62 0.89 0.50 0.74 0.73 0.44 0.35 0.52
T 3.00 × 2.50 × 2.11 0.313 0.375 0.375 0.250 1.80 1.49 0.72 0.91 0.92 0.44 0.35 0.50
T 2.50 × 3.00 × 2.13 0.313 0.375 0.375 0.313 1.81 0.94 0.51 0.72 0.68 0.75 0.50 0.65
T 3.00 × 3.00 × 2.72 0.375 0.438 0.438 0.313 2.31 1.83 0.86 0.89 0.88 0.90 0.60 0.63
T 2.00 × 4.00 × 2.70 0.375 0.438 0.438 0.250 2.30 0.60 0.40 0.51 0.48 2.10 1.05 0.96
T 3.00 × 4.00 × 2.76 0.313 0.375 0.375 0.375 2.34 1.72 0.77 0.86 0.75 1.77 0.89 0.87
T 4.00 × 4.00 × 3.74 0.375 0.438 0.438 0.500 3.18 4.56 1.58 1.20 1.11 2.12 1.06 0.82
T 5.00 × 4.00 × 4.22 0.375 0.438 0.438 0.500 3.59 8.56 2.43 1.54 1.48 2.13 1.06 0.77
T 5.00 × 4.00 × 5.41 0.500 0.563 0.563 0.500 4.60 10.8 3.14 1.54 1.54 2.83 1.42 0.79
T 3.00 × 4.50 × 2.96 0.313 0.375 0.375 0.375 2.52 1.78 0.78 0.84 0.71 2.52 1.12 1.00
T 3.00 × 5.00 × 4.02 0.375 0.625 0.438 0.375 3.42 2.37 1.06 0.83 0.76 4.13 1.65 1.10
T 1.00 × 1.13 × 0.16 0.063 0.063 0.063 0.094 0.13 0.013 0.017 0.31 0.25 0.007 0.013 0.24
T 1.13 × 1.50 × 0.19 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.062 0.16 0.018 0.021 0.34 0.26 0.017 0.023 0.33
T 1.50 × 1.50 × 0.063 0.187 0.187 0.187 0.187 0.54 0.11 0.10 0.45 0.44 0.054 0.072 0.32
T 1.25 × 1.75 × 0.37 0.109 0.109 0.109 0.062 0.32 0.043 0.045 0.37 0.30 0.049 0.056 0.39
T 3.00 × 2.00 × 0.55 0.094 0.094 0.094 0.157 0.47 0.45 0.22 0.98 0.92 0.063 0.063 0.37
T 1.50 × 2.00 × 0.75 0.187 0.187 0.187 0.187 0.64 0.12 0.11 0.44 0.39 0.13 0.13 0.45
T 2.00 × 2.00 × 1.13 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.96 0.35 0.25 0.60 0.59 0.17 0.17 0.42
T 2.50 × 2.50 × 1.77 0.312 0.312 0.312 0.312 1.51 0.86 0.49 0.76 0.74 0.42 0.33 0.53
T 3.00 × 3.00 × 2.55 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375 2.17 1.78 0.84 0.91 0.89 0.86 0.58 0.63
T 2.50 × 4.00 × 2.32 0.312 0.312 0.312 0.312 1.98 0.93 0.49 0.69 0.60 1.68 0.84 0.92
T 4.00 × 4.00 × 3.43 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375 2.92 4.40 1.54 1.23 1.14 2.03 1.01 0.83
T 3.00 × 5.00 × 3.43 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375 2.92 2.06 0.90 0.84 0.72 3.93 1.57 1.16
T 10.00 × 6.50 × 10.54 0.500 0.625 0.500 0.625 8.92 89.7 12.7 3.17 2.95 14.4 4.44 1.27
R1 R1 y
X X
R1
ts 2
Y
Table 19
ARMY – NAVY AND SPECIAL TEES
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Stem Flange Axis X-X Axis Y-Y
Designation Thickness Thickness Area
T(A-N) d × b × Wt ts tf A R1 Ix Sx rx y Iy Sy ry
in. in. lb/ft in. in. in2 in. in4 in3 in. in. in4 in3 in.
T(A-N) 1.25 × 1.50 × 0.384 0.125 0.125 0.326 0.125 0.045 0.049 0.371 0.327 0.032 0.043 0.314
T(A-N) 1.63 × 1.75 × 0.476 0.125 0.125 0.405 0.125 0.100 0.83 0.496 0.434 0.052 0.059 0.357
T(A-N) 1.00 × 2.00 × 0.421 0.125 0.125 0.358 0.125 0.025 0.032 0.266 0.212 0.078 0.078 0.466
T(A-N) 1.75 × 2.00 × 0.531 0.125 0.125 0.451 0.125 0.128 0.098 0.532 0.451 0.078 0.078 0.415
T(A-N) 1.25 × 2.50 × 0.652 0.156 0.156 0.554 0.125 0.062 0.063 0.333 0.265 0.188 0.151 0.583
T(A-N) 2.00 × 2.50 × 0.789 0.156 0.156 0.671 0.125 0.241 0.161 0.599 0.500 0.189 0.151 0.530
T(A-N) 2.00 × 3.00 × 0.881 0.156 0.156 0.749 0.125 0.254 0.164 0.582 0.456 0.330 0.220 0.663
T(A-N) 2.50 × 3.00 × 1.17 0.188 0.188 0.995 0.188 0.565 0.302 0.753 0.632 0.393 0.262 0.629
T(A-N) 3.00 × 4.00 × 1.50 0.188 0.188 1.28 0.188 1.03 0.448 0.897 0.708 0.947 0.474 0.861
T(A-N) 4.00 × 4.00 × 2.27 0.250 0.250 1.93 0.250 2.98 1.02 1.24 1.08 1.24 0.619 0.801
T(A-N) 5.00 × 4.00 × 2.57 0.250 0.250 2.18 0.250 5.54 1.57 1.59 1.47 1.24 0.620 0.754
T(A-N) 3.00 × 6.00 × 3.24 0.3124 0.312 2.75 0.3124 1.83 0.77 0.81 0.62 5.63 1.88 1.43
T(A-N) 4.00 × 6.00 × 3.88 0.3754 0.313 3.30 0.3134 4.78 1.59 1.20 1.00 5.65 1.88 1.31
T(A-N) 4.00 × 6.00 × 4.79 0.3754 0.450 4.07 0.3124 5.02 1.61 1.11 0.88 8.12 2.71 1.41
T(A-N) 7.50 × 7.50 × 9.46 0. 5004 0.750 8.04 0.6254 40.3 7.28 2.24 1.96 13.6 4.53 1.30
T(A-N) 7.50 × 7.50 × 14.4 1.134 0.750 12.3 0.6254 69.3 14.5 2.38 2.71 14.4 4.80 1.08
T(A-N) 6.00 × 8.00 × 11.2 0.5004 0.860 9.56 0.5004 22.9 4.82 1.55 1.24 36.8 9.19 1.96
January 2015
R1
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
t
Z 2 × 1.25 × 0.922 2.000 1.250 0.188 0.188 0.125 0.784 0.459 0.459 0.765 0.186 0.161 0.488 0.0630 0.284 29.20
Z 2 3/8 × 1 1/4 × 1.00 2.375 1.250 0.188 0.188 0.125 0.854 0.695 0.586 0.902 0.187 0.161 0.467 0.0820 0.310 23.20
Z 3 × 2 11/16 × 2.33 3.000 2.688 0.250 0.312 0.250 1.98 2.89 1.92 1.21 2.64 1.03 1.15 0.590 0.545 43.40
Z 3 × 2 11/16 × 3.38 3.000 2.688 0.375 0.312 0.250 2.87 3.86 2.57 1.16 3.76 1.50 1.14 0.820 0.534 44.52
Z 5 × 3 1/4 × 4.01 5.000 3.250 0.312 0.312 0.250 3.41 13.4 5.36 1.98 5.93 1.92 1.32 1.89 0.745 30.67
Z 5 1/16 × 3 5/16 × 4.84 5.062 3.312 0.375 0.312 0.250 4.12 16.2 6.41 1.99 7.40 2.37 1.34 2.33 0.752 31.13
Z 5 × 3 1/4 × 6.19 5.000 3.250 0.500 0.312 0.250 5.26 19.2 7.69 1.91 8.82 2.94 1.29 2.82 0.732 31.15
V-27
Table 21
ROUND TUBES
Rb
1.750 OD x 0.250 WALL 1.250 1.39 1.18 0.341 0.389 0.568 0.538 0.663 3.0
1.750 OD x 0.375 WALL 1.000 1.90 1.62 0.411 0.470 0.727 0.504 0.766 1.8
1.875 OD x 0.125 WALL 1.625 0.808 0.687 0.264 0.282 0.383 0.620 0.526 7.0
1.875 OD x 0.188 WALL 1.499 1.17 0.996 0.359 0.383 0.537 0.600 0.709 4.5
1.875 OD x 0.250 WALL 1.375 1.50 1.28 0.431 0.460 0.665 0.581 0.843 3.3
1.875 OD x 0.375 WALL 1.125 2.08 1.77 0.528 0.563 0.861 0.547 0.994 2.0
2.000 OD x 0.125 WALL 1.750 0.866 0.736 0.325 0.325 0.440 0.664 0.647 7.5
2.000 OD x 0.188 WALL 1.624 1.26 1.07 0.444 0.444 0.619 0.644 0.878 4.8
2.000 OD x 0.250 WALL 1.500 1.62 1.37 0.537 0.537 0.771 0.625 1.05 3.5
2.000 OD x 0.312 WALL 1.376 1.95 1.65 0.609 0.609 0.899 0.607 1.18 2.7
2.000 OD x 0.375 WALL 1.250 2.25 1.91 0.666 0.666 1.01 0.590 1.26 2.2
2.000 OD x 0.500 WALL 1.000 2.77 2.36 0.736 0.736 1.17 0.559 1.33 1.5
2.250 OD x 0.125 WALL 2.000 0.981 0.834 0.473 0.420 0.565 0.753 0.942 8.5
2.250 OD x 0.188 WALL 1.874 1.43 1.22 0.653 0.580 0.802 0.732 1.29 5.5
2.250 OD x 0.250 WALL 1.750 1.85 1.57 0.798 0.709 1.01 0.713 1.57 4.0
2.250 OD x 0.312 WALL 1.626 2.23 1.90 0.915 0.813 1.18 0.694 1.78 3.1
2.250 OD x 0.375 WALL 1.500 2.60 2.21 1.01 0.897 1.34 0.676 1.94 2.5
2.250 OD x 0.500 WALL 1.250 3.23 2.75 1.14 1.01 1.57 0.643 2.10 1.8
4.250 OD x 0.500 WALL 3.250 6.93 5.89 10.5 4.96 7.07 1.34 20.7 3.8
4.500 OD x 0.125 WALL 4.250 2.02 1.72 4.11 1.83 2.39 1.55 8.22 17.5
4.500 OD x 0.188 WALL 4.124 2.99 2.55 5.93 2.64 3.50 1.53 11.8 11.5
4.500 OD x 0.250 WALL 4.000 3.93 3.34 7.56 3.36 4.52 1.51 15.1 8.5
4.500 OD x 0.312 WALL 3.876 4.83 4.10 9.05 4.02 5.48 1.48 18.0 6.7
4.500 OD x 0.375 WALL 3.750 5.71 4.86 10.4 4.63 6.40 1.46 20.7 5.5
4.500 OD x 0.500 WALL 3.500 7.39 6.28 12.8 5.67 8.04 1.43 25.1 4.0
4.500 OD x 0.625 WALL 3.250 8.95 7.61 14.7 6.51 9.47 1.39 28.6 3.1
4.500 OD x 0.750 WALL 3.000 10.4 8.84 16.2 7.18 10.7 1.35 31.1 2.5
4.500 OD x 1.000 WALL 2.500 12.9 11.0 18.2 8.09 12.6 1.29 33.7 1.8
6.000 OD x 0.625 WALL 4.750 12.4 10.6 38.6 12.9 18.1 1.91 76.2 4.3
6.000 OD x 0.750 WALL 4.500 14.5 12.4 43.5 14.5 20.8 1.88 85.2 3.5
6.000 OD x 1.000 WALL 4.000 18.5 15.7 51.1 17.0 25.3 1.80 98.2 2.5
6.500 OD x 0.250 WALL 6.000 5.77 4.91 24.0 7.39 9.77 2.21 47.9 12.5
6.500 OD x 0.375 WALL 5.750 8.49 7.22 34.0 10.5 14.1 2.17 67.7 8.2
6.500 OD x 0.500 WALL 5.500 11.1 9.42 42.7 13.1 18.0 2.13 84.8 6.0
6.500 OD x 0.750 WALL 5.000 15.9 13.5 56.9 17.5 24.9 2.05 112 3.8
Rb
Rb
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
40 3.500 3.068 0.216 2.23 2.62 3.02 1.72 2.33 1.16 6.01 7.6
80 3.500 2.900 0.300 3.02 3.55 3.89 2.23 3.08 1.14 7.72 5.3
160 3.500 2.624 0.438 4.21 4.95 5.04 2.88 4.13 1.09 9.88 3.5
3 1/2 5 4.000 3.834 0.083 1.02 1.20 1.96 0.98 1.27 1.39 3.92 23.6
10 4.000 3.760 0.120 1.46 1.72 2.76 1.38 1.81 1.37 5.51 16.2
40 4.000 3.548 0.226 2.68 3.15 4.79 2.39 3.22 1.34 9.54 8.3
80 4.000 3.364 0.318 3.68 4.33 6.28 3.14 4.32 1.31 12.5 5.8
4 5 4.500 4.334 0.083 1.15 1.35 2.81 1.25 1.62 1.56 5.62 26.6
10 4.500 4.260 0.120 1.65 1.94 3.96 1.76 2.30 1.55 7.92 18.3
40 4.500 4.026 0.237 3.17 3.73 7.23 3.21 4.31 1.51 14.4 9.0
80 4.500 3.826 0.337 4.41 5.18 9.61 4.27 5.85 1.48 19.1 6.2
120 4.500 3.624 0.438 5.59 6.57 11.7 5.18 7.25 1.44 23.1 4.6
160 4.500 3.438 0.531 6.62 7.79 13.3 5.90 8.41 1.42 26.1 3.7
5 5 5.563 5.345 0.109 1.87 2.20 6.95 2.50 3. 24 1.93 13.9 25.0
10 5.563 5.295 0.134 2.29 2.69 8.43 3.03 3.95 1.92 16.8 20.3
40 5.563 5.047 0.258 4.30 5.06 15.2 5.45 7.27 1.88 30.3 10.3
80 5.563 4.813 0.375 6.11 7.19 20.7 7.43 10.1 1.84 41.1 6.9
120 5.563 4.563 0.500 7.95 9.35 25.7 9.25 12.9 1.80 51.0 5.1
160 5.563 4.313 0.625 9.70 11.4 30.0 10.8 15.3 1.76 59.1 4.0
1. Users are encouraged to check availability with suppliers, especially for shaded sizes.
2. Dimensional tolerances are given in Aluminum Standards and Data.
3. Weights are for 6061 with a density of 0.098 lb/in3.
4. Sizes are in accordance with ASME B36.10M and B36.19M
SQUARE TUBES Y
d X X
Y
d
RT 1.25 x 1.25 x 0.065 1.250 0.065 0.362 0.308 0.0723 0.116 0.485 0.108 0.137 17.2
RT 1.25 x 1.25 x 0.095 1.250 0.095 0.516 0.439 0.0982 0.157 0.473 0.146 0.191 11.2
RT 1.25 x 1.25 x 0.125 1.250 0.125 0.662 0.563 0.120 0.192 0.462 0.178 0.238 8.0
RT 1.375 x 1.375 x 0.125 1.375 0.125 0.735 0.625 0.164 0.239 0.513 0.244 0.294 9.0
RT 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.065 1.500 0.065 0.439 0.373 0.128 0.171 0.586 0.192 0.201 21.1
RT 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.078 1.500 0.078 0.522 0.444 0.150 0.200 0.581 0.224 0.237 17.2
RT 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.095 1.500 0.095 0.628 0.534 0.176 0.235 0.575 0.263 0.282 13.8
RT 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.125 1.500 0.125 0.809 0.688 0.218 0.291 0.564 0.325 0.355 10.0
RT 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.25 1.500 0.250 1.47 1.25 0.339 0.451 0.520 0.488 0.594 4.0
RT 1.75 x 1.75 x 0.125 1.750 0.125 0.956 0.813 0.360 0.411 0.665 0.536 0.496 12.0
RT 2 x 2 x 0.095 2.000 0.095 0.851 0.724 0.439 0.439 0.779 0.657 0.518 19.1
RT 2 x 2 x 0.125 2.000 0.125 1.10 0.938 0.552 0.552 0.767 0.824 0.660 14.0
RT 2 x 2 x 0.156 2.000 0.156 1.35 1.15 0.657 0.657 0.755 0.978 0.798 10.8
RT 2 x 2 x 0.188 2.000 0.188 1. 60 1.36 0.754 0.754 0.744 1.12 0.929 8.6
RT 2 x 2 x 0.25 2.000 0.250 2.06 1.75 0.911 0.911 0.722 1.34 1.16 6.0
RT 2.25 x 2.25 x 0.125 2.250 0.125 1.25 1.06 0.802 0.713 0.869 1.20 0.848 16.0
RT 2.5 x 2.5 x 0.125 2.500 0.125 1.40 1.19 1.12 0.896 0.971 1.67 1.06 18.0
RT 2.5 x 2.5 x 0.188 2.500 0.188 2.04 1.74 1.56 1.25 0.947 2.32 1.51 11.3
RT 2.5 x 2.5 x 0.25 2.500 0.250 2.65 2.25 1.92 1.54 0.924 2.85 1.91 8.0
d X X
Y
d
RT 3 x 3 x 0.095 3.000 0.095 1.30 1.10 1.55 1.04 1.19 2.33 1.20 29.6
RT 3 x 3 x 0.125 3.000 0.125 1.69 1.44 1.98 1.32 1.17 2.97 1.55 22.0
RT 3 x 3 x 0.188 3.000 0.188 2.49 2.11 2.80 1.87 1.15 4.18 2.23 14.0
RT 3 x 3 x 0.25 3.000 0.250 3.23 2.75 3.49 2.33 1.13 5.20 2.84 10.0
RT 3 x 3 x 0.375 3.000 0.375 4.63 3.94 4.61 3.08 1.08 6.78 3.90 6.0
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
RT 3.5 x 3.5 x 0.125 3.500 0.125 1.98 1.69 3.21 1.83 1.38 4.81 2.14 26.0
RT 3.5 x 3.5 x 0.25 3.500 0.250 3.82 3.25 5.76 3.29 1.33 8.58 3.97 12.0
RT 3.5 x 3.5 x 0.375 3.500 0.375 5.51 4.69 7.74 4.42 1.28 11.4 5.52 7.3
RT 4 x 4 x 0.125 4.000 0.125 2.28 1.94 4.85 2.43 1.58 7.27 2.82 30.0
RT 4 x 4 x 0.188 4.000 0.188 3.37 2.87 6.96 3.48 1.56 10.4 4.10 19.3
RT 4 x 4 x 0.25 4.000 0.250 4.41 3.75 8.83 4.41 1.53 13.2 5.28 14.0
RT 4 x 4 x 0.375 4.000 0.375 6.39 5.44 12.0 6.02 1.49 17.9 7.42 8.7
RT 4 x 4 x 0.5 4.000 0.500 8.23 7.00 14.6 7.29 1. 44 21.4 9.25 6.0
RT 5 x 5 x 0.125 5.000 0.125 2.87 2.44 9.66 3.86 1.99 14.5 4.46 38.0
RT 5 x 5 x 0.188 5.000 0.188 4.26 3.62 14.0 5.59 1.97 20.9 6.53 24.6
RT 5 x 5 x 0.25 5.000 0.250 5.59 4.75 17.9 7.16 1.94 26.8 8.47 18.0
RT 5 x 5 x 0.375 5.000 0.375 8.16 6.94 24.9 9.96 1.89 37.1 12.1 11.3
RT 6 x 6 x 0.125 6.000 0.125 3.45 2.94 16.9 5.64 2.40 25.3 6.47 46.0
RT 6 x 6 x 0.188 6.000 0.188 5.14 4.37 24.6 8.21 2.37 36.9 9.53 29.9
RT 6 x 6 x 0.25 6.000 0.250 6.76 5.75 31.7 10.6 2.3 5 47.5 12.4 22.0
RT 6 x 6 x 0.375 6.000 0.375 9.92 8.44 44.7 14.9 2.30 66.7 17.8 14.0
RT 6 x 6 x 0.5 6.000 0.500 12.9 11.0 55.9 18.6 2.25 83.2 22.8 10.0
RT 8 x 8 x 0.188 8.000 0.188 6.91 5.87 59.8 14.9 3.19 89.6 17.2 40.6
RT 8 x 8 x 0.25 8. 000 0.250 9.11 7.75 77.7 19.4 3.17 116 22.5 30.0
RT 8 x 8 x 0.375 8.000 0.375 13.5 11.4 111 27.8 3.12 166 32.7 19.3
RT 8 x 8 x 0.5 8.000 0.500 17.6 15.0 141 35.3 3.07 211 42.3 14.0
RECTANGULAR TUBES
Y
d X X
Y
b
RT 1 3/4 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 1.75 1.5 0.125 0.882 0.750 0.318 0.364 0.445 0.652 0.248 0.331 0.398 0.575 0.416
RT 2 x 1 x 1/8 2 1 0.125 0.809 0.688 0.332 0.332 0.426 0.695 0.105 0.210 0.254 0.391 0.245
RT 2 x 1 1/4 x 1/8 2 1.25 0.125 0.882 0.750 0.387 0.387 0.484 0.718 0.180 0.288 0.344 0.489 0.371
RT 2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 2 1.5 0.125 0.956 0.813 0.442 0.442 0.543 0.737 0.278 0.370 0.441 0.585 0.511
RT 2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 2 1.5 0.250 1.76 1.50 0.719 0.719 0.938 0.692 0.438 0.583 0.750 0.540 0.798
RT 2 x 1 3/4 x 1/8 2 1.75 0.125 1.03 0.875 0.497 0.497 0.602 0.753 0.401 0.458 0.547 0.677 0.663
RT 2 1/4 x 1 3/4 x 1/8 2.25 1.75 0.125 1.10 0.938 0.661 0.588 0.715 0.840 0.442 0.506 0.598 0.687 0.795
RT 2 1/2 x 1 x 1/8 2.5 1 0.125 0.956 0.813 0.590 0.472 0.613 0.852 0.129 0.258 0.309 0.399 0.332
RT 2 1/2 x 1 1/4 x 1/8 2.5 1.25 0.125 1.03 0.875 0.678 0.543 0.688 0.881 0.219 0.351 0.414 0.501 0.510
RT 2 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 2.5 1.5 0.125 1.10 0.938 0.767 0.613 0.762 0.904 0.337 0.449 0.527 0.599 0.711
RT 2 1/2 x 1 3/4 x 1/8 2.5 1.75 0.125 1.18 1.00 0.855 0.684 0.836 0.925 0.484 0.553 0.648 0.696 0.931
RT 2 3/4 x 1 3/4 x 1/8 2.75 1.75 0.125 1.25 1.06 1.08 0.785 0.965 1.01 0.525 0.6 00 0.699 0.703 1.07
RT 3 x 1 x 1/8 3 1 0.125 1.10 0.938 0.950 0.633 0.832 1.01 0.153 0.307 0.363 0.404 0.422
RT 3 x 1 1/4 x 1/8 3 1.25 0.125 1.18 1.00 1.08 0.720 0.922 1.04 0.259 0.415 0.484 0.509 0.654
RT 3 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 3 1.5 0.125 1.2 5 1.06 1.21 0.806 1.01 1.07 0.396 0.528 0.613 0.611 0.919
RT 3 x 1 1/2 x 3/16 3 1.5 0.188 1.82 1.55 1.68 1.12 1.44 1.04 0.533 0.711 0.859 0.586 1.24
RT 3 x 1 3/4 x 1/8 3 1.75 0.125 1.32 1.13 1.34 0.892 1.10 1.09 0.566 0.647 0.750 0.710 1.21
RT 3 x 2 x 1 /8 3 2 0.125 1.40 1.19 1.47 0.978 1.19 1.11 0.772 0.77 0.895 0.806 1.53
RT 3 x 2 x 1/4 3 2 0.250 2.65 2.25 2.55 1.70 2.16 1.06 1.30 1.30 1.59 0.759 2.57
RT 3 1/2 x 1 3/4 x 1/8 3.5 1.75 0.125 1.47 1.25 1.96 1.12 1.40 1.25 0.649 0.742 0.8 52 0.721 1.50
d X X
Y
b
Designation d b t Weight A Ix Sx Zx rx Iy Sy Zy ry J
2 4 3 3 4 3 3 4
RT d x b x t in. in. in. lb/ft in in in in in. in in in in. in
RT 4 x 1 x 1/8 4 1 0.125 1.40 1.19 2.04 1.02 1.36 1.31 0.201 0.403 0.473 0.412 0.605
RT 4 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 4 1.5 0.125 1.54 1.31 2.51 1.25 1.61 1.38 0.515 0.686 0.785 0.626 1.35
RT 4 x 1 3/4 x 1/8 4 1.75 0.125 1.62 1.38 2.74 1.37 1.73 1.41 0.732 0.836 0.953 0.730 1.80
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
RT 4 x 2 x 1/8 4 2 0.125 1.69 1.44 2.98 1.49 1.85 1.44 0.992 0.992 1.13 0.831 2.30
RT 4 x 2 x 3/16 4 2 0.188 2.49 2.11 4.23 2.11 2.67 1.41 1.37 1.37 1.61 0.806 3.19
RT 4 x 2 x 1/4 4 2 0.250 3.23 2.75 5.31 2.65 3.41 1.39 1.68 1.68 2.03 0.782 3.92
RT 4 x 2 1/2 x 1/8 4 2.5 0.125 1.84 1.56 3.45 1.72 2.09 1.48 1.65 1.32 1.50 1.03 3.39
RT 4 x 3 x 1/8 4 3 0.125 1.98 1.69 3.92 1.96 2.33 1.52 2.50 1.67 1.91 1.22 4.60
RT 4 x 3 x 3/16 4 3 0.188 2.93 2.49 5.59 2.80 3.38 1.50 3.54 2.36 2.76 1.19 6.52
RT 4 x 3 x 1/4 4 3 0.250 3.82 3.25 7.07 3.53 4.34 1.47 4.44 2.96 3.53 1.17 8.18
RT 4 x 3 x 3/8 4 3 0.375 5.51 4.69 9.56 4.78 6.06 1.43 5.92 3.94 4.89 1.12 10.9
RT 4 x 3 x 1/2 4 3 0.500 7.06 6.00 11.5 5.75 7.50 1.38 7.00 4.6 7 6.00 1.08 12.8
RT 4 1/2 x 1 3/4 x 1/8 4.5 1.75 0.125 1.76 1.50 3.69 1.64 2.09 1.57 0.814 0.931 1.05 0.737 2.11
RT 5 x 1 3/4 x 1/8 5 1.75 0.125 1.91 1.63 4.83 1.93 2.48 1.72 0.897 1.03 1.16 0.743 2.41
RT 5 x 1 3/4 x 3/ 16 5 1.75 0.188 2.82 2.40 6.91 2.76 3.59 1.70 1.23 1.41 1.65 0.717 3.33
RT 5 x 2 x 1/8 5 2 0.125 1.98 1.69 5.20 2.08 2.63 1.76 1.21 1.21 1.36 0.847 3.09
RT 5 x 2 x 3/16 5 2 0.188 2.93 2.49 7.45 2.98 3.82 1.73 1.68 1.68 1.95 0.822 4.32
RT 5 x 2 x 1/4 5 2 0.250 3.82 3.25 9.44 3.78 4.91 1.70 2.07 2.07 2.47 0.798 5.32
RT 5 x 2 1/2 x 1/8 5 2.5 0.125 2.13 1.81 5.95 2.38 2.93 1.81 2.00 1.60 1.80 1.05 4.62
RT 5 x 3 x 1/8 5 3 0.125 2.28 1.94 6.69 2.68 3.24 1.86 3.02 2.01 2.27 1.25 6.34
RT 5 x 3 x 3/16 5 3 0.18 8 3.37 2.87 9.63 3.85 4.72 1.83 4.29 2.86 3.29 1.22 9.03
RT 5 x 3 x 1/4 5 3 0.250 4.41 3.75 12.3 4.91 6.09 1.81 5.39 3.59 4.22 1.20 11.4
RT 5 x 4 x 1/4 5 4 0.250 5.00 4.25 15.1 6.04 7.28 1.88 10.6 5.29 6.22 1.58 18.7
RT 6 x 1 1/2 x 1/8 6 1.5 0.125 2.13 1.81 7.20 2.40 3.17 1.99 0.752 1.00 1.13 0.644 2.25
RT 6 x 1 3/4 x 1/8 6 1.75 0.125 2.21 1.88 7.74 2.58 3.35 2.03 1.06 1.21 1.36 0.753 3.04
RT 6 x 2 x 1/8 6 2 0.125 2.28 1.94 8.28 2.76 3.54 2.07 1.43 1.43 1.60 0.860 3.91
RT 6 x 2 x 3/16 6 2 0.188 3.37 2.87 11.9 3.98 5.16 2.04 1.99 1.99 2.29 0.834 5.47
RT 6 x 2 x 1/4 6 2 0.250 4.41 3.75 15.2 5.07 6.66 2.01 2.45 2.45 2.91 0.809 6.75
RT 6 x 3 x 1/8 6 3 0.125 2.57 2.19 10.4 3.48 4.27 2.18 3.53 2.36 2.63 1.27 8.15
d X X
Y
b
Designation d b t Weight A Ix Sx Zx rx Iy Sy Zy ry J
2 4 3 3 4 3 3 4
RT d x b x t in. in. in. lb/ft in in in in in. in in in in. in
RT 6 x 3 x 3/16 6 3 0.188 3.81 3.24 15.1 5.03 6.25 2.16 5.03 3.35 3.82 1.25 11.6
RT 6 x 4 x 1/8 6 4 0.125 2.87 2.44 12.6 4.20 5.00 2.27 6.73 3.37 3.79 1.66 13.3
RT 6 x 4 x 3/16 6 4 0.188 4.26 3.62 18.3 6.09 7.34 2.25 9.69 4.85 5.53 1.64 19.2
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
RT 6 x 4 x 1/4 6 4 0.250 5.59 4.75 23 .5 7.82 9.53 2.22 12.3 6.17 7.16 1.61 24.5
RT 6 x 4 x 1/2 6 4 0.500 10.6 9.00 40.8 13.6 17.3 2.13 20.8 10.4 12.8 1.52 41.2
RT 8 x 2 x 1/8 8 2 0.125 2.87 2.44 17.5 4.36 5.72 2.68 1.87 1.87 2.07 0.876 5.59
RT 8 x 3 x 1/4 8 3 0.250 6.17 5.2 5 40.1 10.0 12.8 2.76 8.23 5.49 6.28 1.25 21.6
RT 8 x 4 x 3/16 8 4 0.188 5.14 4.37 36.8 9.21 11.3 2.90 12.4 6.21 6.97 1.69 28.7
RT 8 x 4 x 1/4 8 4 0.250 6.76 5.75 47.6 11.9 14.8 2.88 15.9 7.93 9.03 1.66 36.7
RT 8 x 4 x 3/8 8 4 0.375 9.92 8.44 67.5 16.9 21.3 2.83 21.9 11.0 12.9 1.61 50.9
RT 8 x 4 x 1/2 8 4 0.500 12.9 11.0 84.9 21.2 27.3 2.78 26.9 13.5 16.3 1.56 62.6
RT 8 x 5 x 3/8 8 5 0.375 10.8 9.19 78.4 19.6 24.2 2.92 37.0 14.8 17.3 2.01 76.1
Corrugated Roofing
A
B
Corrugated Siding
A
C
Ribbed Siding
A
B
13
8
E
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SQUARE SQUARE
2
d A=d A = d2
d4 d4
I = I =
d
d
d 12 12
2
d3 2d3
X X d S= X X S= = 0.1179d 3
6 12
d
d 2 d
r = = 0.2887d r = = 0.2887d
12 12
RECTANGLE RECTANGLE
b A = bd b
A = bd
d2 2
I =A c bd 3
d 12 I =
2 3
d
d
d
2 c
X X
X X
TRIANGLE TRIANGLE
bd
A= 2
bd
2d A=
3 bd 3 2
d I = 36 d
bd 3
X X I =
d3 d 12
r = = 0.2357d
18 X X
b b
ELLIPSE
bd
A=
4
d2
bd 3
I =
X X d 64
bd 2
S=
32
b d
r =
4
HOLLOW A = 2t(d + b – 2t )
RECTANGLE (bd 3 – (b – 2t)(d – 2t)3)
Ix =
12
(bd 3 – (b – 2t)(d – 2t)3)
Sx =
6d
X X d
rx = bd 3 – (b – 2t)(d – 2t)3
24t(d + b – 2t)
t
t J = 2t(d – t)2(b – t)2/(d + b – 2t)
b
Zx = bt(d – t) + 2t(d/2 – t)2
b
2
tw btf 3 d – tf
tf Ix = (d – 2tf )3 2 btf
12 12 2
d tw
2 2btf 3 (d – 2tf)tw3
J =
3
X X
3
d tf b (d – tf )2 (3btf 2tw(d – tf ))
Cw =
12(6btf (d – tf )tw)
Zx = btf (d – tf ) (d/2 – tf )2 tw
CIRCLE
d2 R d
A = R2 = r = =
d 4 2 4
2 R 4
X X d
4
I = R =
d4
J R d4
4 64 2 32
3
3 d3
Z = 4R d3
S= R =
4 32 3 6
HALF CIRCULAR
CIRCLE FILLET
x
R2 d2 A = (tan ș – ș)R 2
X
A= =
X 2d 2 8
R
3 tan2 ș sin ș
d I = 0.1098R4 = 0.0069d 4 x = sec ș – R
3(tan ș – ș)
ș
ș R
ș b
a a´
C
r C
c
x
b y
a a´
Į
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ANGLE Z Y
x
W
c
d
Į
X X
W
Y
Z t
t
a
b 2 + ct d 2 + at
x= y=
2b + c 2b + c
3 3 3 3
t d − y + by 3 − a y − t t b − x + dx 3 − cx − t
Ix = Iy =
3 3
abcdt § 2K ·
K= D = 1 / 2 tan −1 ¨ ¸
4b + c ¨ Iy − Ix ¸
© ¹
I z = I x sin 2 D + I y cos 2 D + K sin 2D
Ix + Iy = Iw + Iz
I w = I x cos 2 D + I y sin 2 D − K sin 2D
xo = x − t / 2 yo = y − t / 2
wo = y o sin D + x o cos D z o = y o cos D − x o sin D
b' = d − t / 2 d' = b −t / 2
@
2 4 4
y − y o − b '
C1 =
xo
2
>2 2
y o − y o − b ' + o
4
y
3
3 3 3
+ o x o − x o − d ' + yo d ' > @
@
2 4 4
x − x o − d '
y
>
2
C 2 = o x o − x o − d ' + o
2
2
4
x 3 3 3
+ o yo − yo − b' + x o b'
3
> @
t C1 cos D − C 2 sin D
Ew = − 2zo
Iw
PART VI
Design Aids
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-
Bucking Constants
Table 1-1 Bucking Constants (unwelded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1-2 Buckling Constants (welded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1-3 Resistance and Safety Factors in the Specification for Aluminum Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1-4 Member Nominal Strengths in the Specification for Aluminum Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1-5 Stresses Corresponding to Nominal Strengths F in the Specification for Aluminum Structures . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1-6 Elements In Uniform Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1-7 Elements In Flexural Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Bending
Table 3-1 Recommended Minimum Bend Radii for 90 O Cold Bends, Sheet and Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3-2 Recommended Minimum Inside Radii for 180 O Cold Bends, Wire and Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3-3 Sheet Thickness for 180 O Cold Bending (Metal to Metal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3-4 Developed Length of Material for 90 O Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Allowable Loads
Table 4-1 Beam Allowable Uniform Loads: Aluminum Association Standard Channels, Alloy 6061-T6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
4-2 Beam Allowable Uniform Loads: Aluminum Association Standard I-Beams, Alloy 6061-T6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
4-3 Allowable Loads on Aluminum Tread Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4-4 Maximum Spans: Corrugated and V-Beam Roofing and Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
4-5 Maximum Spans: Ribbed Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fasteners
Table 5-1 Nominal Tensile And Single Shear Strengths for 2024-T4 and 7075-T73 Machine Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
5-2 Nominal Single Shear Strengths for 2024-T4 And 7075-T73 Type AB and B Sheet Metal Screws . . . . . . . . . 80
5-3 Nominal Tensile and Single Shear Strengths for 2024-T4 and 7075-T73 Bolts And Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . 80
5-4 Bolt Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5-5 Nut Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
5-6 Internal Thread Stripping Area for Class 2B UNC Threads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Welds
Table 6-1 Tensile Strength of CJP Groove Welds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
6-2 Tensile Strength of PJP Groove Welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
6-3 Shear Strength of Fillet Welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
January 2015
1060 H12 B209, sheet & plate 0.017 2.000 11 9 8.1 8.8 0.032 184.1 10.2 0.040 171.0 10.2 0.278 705 13.6 0.061 148.6 15.3 0.653 185.4 6.9 0.022 207.9
H12 B210, drawn tube 0.010 0.500 10 4 3.6 3.8 0.009 280.0 4.3 0.011 263.0 4.4 0.090 1370 5.7 0.017 229.0 6.6 0.212 325.1 2.9 0.006 320.3
H14 B209, sheet & plate 0.009 1.000 12 10 9 9.9 0.038 174.3 11.5 0.047 161.6 11.4 0.321 635 15.2 0.072 140.4 17.1 0.756 172.3 7.8 0.026 196.4
VI-5
3005 H25 B209, sheet & plate 0.016 0.080 26 22 19.8 22.6 0.131 115.1 26.8 0.169 105.6 26.0 0.964 298 35.7 0.260 91.5 39.0 2.268 99.5 18.2 0.095 128.2
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 1-1
VI-6
BUCKLING CONSTANTS (UNWELDED) (continued)
ASTM Thickness
Specification Inches Ftu Fty Fcy Bc Dc Cc Bp Dp Cp Bt Dt Ct Bbr Dbr Cbr Btb Dtb Ctb Bs Ds Cs
Alloy Temper Product* From To ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi
January 2015
H112 B209, sheet & plate 2.001 3.000 34 14 12.6 14.0 0.064 146.1 16.5 0.081 134.9 16.2 0.513 459 21.8 0.124 117.1 24.3 1.207 136.4 11.1 0.045 163.8
Table 1-1
BUCKLING CONSTANTS (UNWELDED) (continued)
January 2015
H116 B928, sheet & plate 0.063 2.000 40 28 25.2 29.2 0.192 101.2 34.9 0.251 92.6 33.5 1.350 236 46.5 0.387 80.2 50.3 3.177 84.1 23.7 0.141 112.3
H32 B209, sheet & plate 0.020 2.000 40 28 25.2 29.2 0.192 101.2 34.9 0.251 92.6 33.5 1.350 236 46.5 0.387 80.2 50.3 3.177 84.1 23.7 0.141 112.3
H32 B210, drawn tube 0.010 0.450 40 28 25.2 29.2 0.192 101.2 34.9 0.251 92.6 33.5 1.350 236 46.5 0.387 80.2 50.3 3.177 84.1 23.7 0.141 112.3
VI-7
Table 1-1
BUCKLING CONSTANTS (UNWELDED) (continued)
VI-8
ASTM Thickness
Specification Inches Ftu Fty Fcy Bc Dc Cc Bp Dp Cp Bt Dt Ct Bbr Dbr Cbr Btb Dtb Ctb Bs Ds Cs
January 2015
1060 H12 B209, sheet & plate 0.017 2.000 8 2.5 2.5 2.6 0.005 337.6 2.9 0.006 318.7 3.0 0.055 1800 3.9 0.009 277.6 4.5 0.128 418.2 1.8 0.003 410.5
H12 B210, drawn tube 0.010 0.500 8.5 2.5 2.5 2.6 0.005 337.6 2.9 0.006 318.7 3.0 0.055 1800 3.9 0.009 277.6 4.5 0.128 418.2 1.8 0.003 410.5
H14 B209, sheet & plate 0.009 1.000 8 2.5 2.5 2.6 0.005 337.6 2.9 0.006 318.7 3.0 0.055 1800 3.9 0.009 277.6 4.5 0.128 418.2 1.8 0.003 410.5
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
H16 B209, sheet & plate 0.006 0.162 13 4.5 4.5 4.8 0.013 249.6 5.5 0.016 233.8 5.6 0.123 1150 7.2 0.024 203.4 8.3 0.289 278.7 3.3 0.007 300.9
H14 B210, drawn tube 0.010 0.500 13 4.5 4.5 4.8 0.013 249.6 5.5 0.016 233.8 5.6 0.123 1150 7.2 0.024 203.4 8.3 0.289 278.7 3.3 0.007 300.9
H18 B210, drawn tube 0.010 0.500 13 4.5 4.5 4.8 0.013 249.6 5.5 0.016 233.8 5.6 0.123 1150 7.2 0.024 203.4 8.3 0.289 278.7 3.3 0.007 300.9
3004 H32 B209, sheet & plate 0.017 2.000 22 8.5 8.5 9.3 0.034 179.5 10.8 0.043 166.6 10.8 0.297 672 14.3 0.066 144.8 16.1 0.698 179.3 6.5 0.020 214.4
H34 B209, sheet & plate 0.009 1.000 22 8.5 8.5 9.3 0.034 179.5 10.8 0.043 166.6 10.8 0.297 672 14.3 0.066 144.8 16.1 0.698 179.3 6.5 0.020 214.4
H36 B209, sheet & plate 0.006 0.162 22 8.5 8.5 9.3 0.034 179.5 10.8 0.043 166.6 10.8 0.297 672 14.3 0.066 144.8 16.1 0.698 179.3 6.5 0.020 214.4
H38 B209, sheet & plate 0.006 0.128 22 8.5 8.5 9.3 0.034 179.5 10.8 0.043 166.6 10.8 0.297 672 14.3 0.066 144.8 16.1 0.698 179.3 6.5 0.020 214.4
Alclad 3004 H32 B209, sheet & plate 0.017 2.000 21 8 8 8.7 0.031 185.3 10.1 0.039 172.1 10.1 0.273 714 13.4 0.060 149.6 15.1 0.642 187.0 6.1 0.018 221.4
H34 B209, sheet & plate 0.009 1.000 21 8 8 8.7 0.031 185.3 10.1 0.039 172.1 10.1 0.273 714 13.4 0.060 149.6 15.1 0.642 187.0 6.1 0.018 221.4
H36 B209, sheet & plate 0.006 0.162 21 8 8 8.7 0.031 185.3 10.1 0.039 172.1 10.1 0.273 714 13.4 0.060 149.6 15.1 0.642 187.0 6.1 0.018 221.4
VI-9
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 1-2
BUCKLING CONSTANTS (WELDED) (continued)
VI-10
ASTM Thickness
Specification Inches Ftu Fty Fcy Bc Dc Cc Bp Dp Cp Bt Dt Ct Bbr Dbr Cbr Btb Dtb Ctb Bs Ds Cs
Alloy Temper Product* From To ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi
January 2015
Table 1-2
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
H112 B209, sheet & plate 1.001 2.000 35 14 14 15.7 0.075 138.3 18.4 0.096 127.4 18.1 0.594 416 24.5 0.148 110.6 27.1 1.398 126.7 11.1 0.045 163.8
H112 B209, sheet & plate 2.001 3.000 35 14 14 15.7 0.075 138.3 18.4 0.096 127.4 18.1 0.594 416 24.5 0.148 110.6 27.1 1.398 126.7 11.1 0.045 163.8
H116 B928, sheet & plate 0.063 2.000 35 14 14 15.7 0.075 138.3 18.4 0.096 127.4 18.1 0.594 416 24.5 0.148 110.6 27.1 1.398 126.7 11.1 0.045 163.8
VI-11
Table 1-2
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
VI-12
ASTM Thickness
Specification Inches Ftu Fty Fcy Bc Dc Cc Bp Dp Cp Bt Dt Ct Bbr Dbr Cbr Btb Dtb Ctb Bs Ds Cs
Alloy Temper Product* From To ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi ksi
January 2015
Table 1-3
RESISTANCE AND SAFETY FACTORS IN THE
SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM STRUCTURES
f Ω Ω Specification
Limit State building building bridge Section
Members:
Connections:
January 2015
$[LDO&RPSUHVVLRQPHPEHUEXFNOLQJ ( N/U )F\ %F)F\'F &F ʌ (Ȝ
&FȜ&FȜ
0QSȜ&F
)OH[XUHODWHUDOWRUVLRQDOEXFNOLQJ ) VHH) &F ʌ (6[FȜ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW %WE'WEȜ &WE %W'WȜ &W ʌ (ȜNQ
0QS6[F0QS 6[F
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F %S)F\'S ʌ (&S ȜȜ&S &S N%EU( Ȝ
Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW )V\ %V)V\'V %V'V Ȝ
&V ʌ (Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW )V\ %V)V\'V %V'V Ȝ &V ʌ (Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
)V\ %V)V\'V %V'V Ȝ
&V ʌ (Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
)V\ %V)V\'V %V'V Ȝ
&V ʌ (Ȝ
VI-15
ȜS 5EW /Y5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7DEOHFRQWLQXHG
675(66(6&255(6321',1*72120,1$/675(1*7+6),17+(63(&,),&$7,21)25$/80,1806758&785(6
VI-16
buckling axis
B.5.4.1
elastic flat supported no free
buckling
buckling axis
B.5.4.1
post
flat supported no free
buckling
B.5.4.2
flat supported no supported
B.5.4.3
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
flat supported no stiffened
bending axis
bending axis
compression side
1. These tables provide allowable stresses F/Ω for building-type structures determined in accordance
with the Specification for Aluminum Structures.
2. For tubes with circumferential welds, these tables apply for Rb /t < 20.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % Ȝ V Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6KHDURUWRUVLRQUXSWXUH *+ )W\ NLQ
%HDULQJ )F\ NLQ
EROWVRUULYHWVRQKROHV -D- )WX NLQ
EROWVRQVORWVSLQVRQKROHV -E
IODWVXUIDFHV -- ( NLQ
VFUHZVLQKROHV - N W
Ȝ )ȍIRUȜȜ Ȝ )ȍIRUȜȜȜ Ȝ )ȍIRUȜ!Ȝ
Ȝ ±
$[LDO&RPSUHVVLRQPHPEHUEXFNOLQJ ( N/U Ȝ Ȝ
)OH[XUHODWHUDOWRUVLRQDOEXFNOLQJ ) VHH) VHH) Ȝ
(OHPHQWV8QLIRUP&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJHLQFROXPQV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
ZKRVHEXFNOLQJD[LVLVQRWDQD[LVRIV\PPHWU\
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH % EW Ȝ Ȝ
LQDOORWKHUFROXPQVDQGDOOEHDPV
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % Ȝ V Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ ±Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
EROWVRQVORWVSLQVRQKROHV -E
IODWVXUIDFHV -- ( NLQ
VFUHZVLQKROHV - N W
Ȝ )ȍIRUȜȜ Ȝ )ȍIRUȜȜȜ Ȝ )ȍIRUȜ!Ȝ
Ȝ ±
$[LDO&RPSUHVVLRQPHPEHUEXFNOLQJ ( N/U Ȝ Ȝ
)OH[XUHODWHUDOWRUVLRQDOEXFNOLQJ ) VHH) VHH) Ȝ
(OHPHQWV8QLIRUP&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJHLQFROXPQV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
ZKRVHEXFNOLQJD[LVLVQRWDQD[LVRIV\PPHWU\
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
LQDOORWKHUFROXPQVDQGDOOEHDPV
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % Ȝ V Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW ±Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ ±Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJHLQFROXPQV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
ZKRVHEXFNOLQJD[LVLVQRWDQD[LVRIV\PPHWU\
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
LQDOORWKHUFROXPQVDQGDOOEHDPV
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % Ȝ V Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW ±Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ ±Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ ±Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
)OH[XUHODWHUDOWRUVLRQDOEXFNOLQJ ) VHH) VHH) Ȝ
(OHPHQWV8QLIRUP&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJHLQFROXPQV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
ZKRVHEXFNOLQJD[LVLVQRWDQD[LVRIV\PPHWU\
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
LQDOORWKHUFROXPQVDQGDOOEHDPV
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % Ȝ V Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW ±Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT ±Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ ±Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT ±Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
VFUHZVLQKROHV - N W
Ȝ )ȍIRUȜȜ )ȍIRUȜȜȜ Ȝ )ȍIRUȜ!Ȝ
Ȝ
Ȝ ±
$[LDO&RPSUHVVLRQPHPEHUEXFNOLQJ ( N/U Ȝ Ȝ
)OH[XUHODWHUDOWRUVLRQDOEXFNOLQJ ) VHH) VHH) Ȝ
(OHPHQWV8QLIRUP&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJHLQFROXPQV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
ZKRVHEXFNOLQJD[LVLVQRWDQD[LVRIV\PPHWU\
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
LQDOORWKHUFROXPQVDQGDOOEHDPV
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % Ȝ V ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT ±Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
LQDOORWKHUFROXPQVDQGDOOEHDPV
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % Ȝ V ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT ±Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJHLQFROXPQV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
ZKRVHEXFNOLQJD[LVLVQRWDQD[LVRIV\PPHWU\
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
LQDOORWKHUFROXPQVDQGDOOEHDPV
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % Ȝ V ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT ±Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Ȝ )ȍIRUȜȜ )ȍIRUȜȜȜ Ȝ )ȍIRUȜ!Ȝ
Ȝ
Ȝ ±
$[LDO&RPSUHVVLRQPHPEHUEXFNOLQJ ( N/U Ȝ Ȝ
)OH[XUHODWHUDOWRUVLRQDOEXFNOLQJ ) VHH) VHH) Ȝ
(OHPHQWV8QLIRUP&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJHLQFROXPQV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
ZKRVHEXFNOLQJD[LVLVQRWDQD[LVRIV\PPHWU\
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
LQDOORWKHUFROXPQVDQGDOOEHDPV
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % Ȝ V ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT ±Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
%HDULQJ )F\Z NLQ
EROWVRUULYHWVRQKROHV -D- )WXZ NLQ
EROWVRQVORWVSLQVRQKROHV -E
IODWVXUIDFHV -- ( NLQ
VFUHZVLQKROHV - N W
:HOGHGZLWKRURUZHOGHGZLWK
RUDQGWKLFN
Ȝ )ȍIRUȜȜ )ȍIRUȜȜȜ Ȝ )ȍIRUȜ!Ȝ
Ȝ
Ȝ ±
$[LDO&RPSUHVVLRQPHPEHUEXFNOLQJ ( N/U Ȝ Ȝ
)OH[XUHODWHUDOWRUVLRQDOEXFNOLQJ ) VHH) VHH) Ȝ
(OHPHQWV8QLIRUP&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJHLQFROXPQV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
ZKRVHEXFNOLQJD[LVLVQRWDQD[LVRIV\PPHWU\
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
LQDOORWKHUFROXPQVDQGDOOEHDPV
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % Ȝ V ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDQLQWHUPHGLDWHVWLIIHQHU
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT ±Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW ±Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
URXQGKROORZHOHPHQWV % 5EW Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT ±Ȝ Ȝ
(OHPHQWV)OH[XUDO&RPSUHVVLRQ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQWHQVLRQHGJH % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
FRPSUHVVLRQHGJHIUHH
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV % EW ±Ȝ Ȝ
DQGZLWKDORQJLWXGLQDOVWLIIHQHU
±
SLSHVDQGURXQGWXEHV % 5EW Ȝ Ȝ ȜNQ
IODWHOHPHQWVGLUHFWVWUHQJWKPHWKRG % ȜHT 0QS6[F VHH% Ȝ
(OHPHQWV6KHDU
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQERWKHGJHV * EW Ȝ Ȝ
IODWHOHPHQWVVXSSRUWHGRQRQHHGJH * EW Ȝ Ȝ
SLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV * ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
7RUVLRQSLSHVDQGURXQGRURYDOWXEHV + ȜS
Ȝ Ȝ
ȜS 5EW /5E
NQ Ȝ
Q The radii listed are the minimum recommended for bending sheets and plates without fracturing in a standard press
brake with air bend dies. Other types of bending operations may require larger radii or permit smaller radii. The mini-
mum permissible radii will also vary with the design and condition of the tooling.
W Alclad sheet in the heat-treatable alloys can be bent over slightly smaller radii than the corresponding tempers of the
bare alloy.
E Heat-treatable alloys can be formed over appreciably smaller radii immediately after solution heat treatment.
R The H112 temper (applicable to non-heat treatable alloys) is supplied in the as-fabricated condition without special
property control but usually can be formed over radii applicable to the H14 (or H34) temper or smaller.
T The reference test method is ASTM E290.
Y Tempers T361 and T861 formerly designated T36 and T86, respectively.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5457 O 0 0 0 .. .. .. .. ..
5657 H25 0 0 0 1t .. .. .. ..
H28 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t .. .. .. ..
O 0 0 0 1t 1t 1t 11⁄2t 2t
6061 T4 0 0 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 4t
T6 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 3t 31⁄2t 41⁄2t 5t
7050 T7 .. .. .. .. .. 8t 9t 91⁄2t
O 0 0 .. .. .. .. .. ..
7072 H14 0 0 .. .. .. .. .. ..
H18 1t 1t .. .. .. .. .. ..
7075 O 0 0 1t 1t 11⁄2t 21⁄2t 31⁄2t 4t
T6 3t 4t 5t 6t 6t 8t 9t 91⁄2t
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Q The radii listed are the minimum recommended for bending sheets and plates without fracturing in a standard press
brake with air bend dies. Other types of bending operations may require larger radii or permit smaller radii. The mini-
mum permissible radii will also vary with the design and condition of the tooling.
W Alclad sheet in the heat-treatable alloys can be bent over slightly smaller radii than the corresponding tempers of the
bare alloy.
E Heat-treatable alloys can be formed over appreciably smaller radii immediately after solution heat treatment.
R The H112 temper (applicable to non-heat treatable alloys) is supplied in the as-fabricated condition without special
property control but usually can be formed over radii applicable to the H14 (or H34) temper or smaller.
T The reference test method is ASTM E290.
Y Tempers T361 and T861 formerly designated T36 and T86, respectively.
Table 3-3
SHEET THICKNESS FOR 180° COLD BENDING (METAL TO METAL)
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
in. lb/ft 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
4.43 2.22 1.48
2 0.577 0.03 0.14 0.31
3.90 1.63 0.94
8.56 4.28 2.85
2 1.07 0.03 0.14 0.31
7.97 3.59 2.21
13.77 6.89 4.59 3.44 2.75
3 1.14 0.02 0.09 0.20 0.35 0.54
13.06 5.72 3.40 2.29 1.54
19.59 9.80 6.53 4.90 3.92
3 1.60 0.02 0.09 0.20 0.35 0.55
18.93 8.51 5.19 3.60 2.68
28.63 14.32 9.54 7.16 5.73 4.77 4.09
4 1.74 0.02 0.07 0.15 0.26 0.41 0.59 0.80
28.09 12.63 7.61 5.18 3.79 2.72 1.92
38.66 19.33 12.89 9.67 7.73 6.44 5.52
4 2.33 0.02 0.07 0.15 0.26 0.41 0.60 0.81
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
38.34 17.50 10.72 7.45 5.56 4.34 3.49
22.90 15.27 11.45 9.16 7.63 6.54 5.73
5 2.21 0.05 0.12 0.21 0.32 0.47 0.63 0.83
20.68 12.54 8.58 6.27 4.69 3.26 2.39
32.62 21.74 16.31 13.05 10.87 9.32 8.15
5 3.09 0.05 0.12 0.21 0.33 0.47 0.64 0.84
30.49 18.87 13.18 9.87 7.72 6.23 5.14
23.33 17.50 14.00 11.67 10.00 8.75 7.78 7.00
6 2.83 0.10 0.17 0.27 0.39 0.53 0.69 0.88 1.08
19.64 13.50 9.91 7.59 5.49 3.99 3.03 2.39
33.76 25.32 20.26 16.88 14.47 12.66 11.25 10.13
6 4.03 0.10 0.17 0.27 0.39 0.53 0.69 0.87 1.07
30.67 21.58 16.23 12.74 10.31 8.54 7.17 5.62
29.95 22.46 17.97 14.98 12.84 11.23 9.98 8.99 8.17 7.49
7 3.21 0.08 0.14 0.23 0.33 0.44 0.58 0.73 0.91 1.10 1.30
26.45 18.25 13.42 10.28 7.69 5.50 4.12 3.20 2.56 2.09
34.76 27.81 23.17 19.86 17.38 15.45 13.90 12.64 11.59
7 4.72 0.15 0.23 0.33 0.45 0.59 0.74 0.92 1.11 1.32
30.10 22.68 17.82 14.43 11.94 10.05 8.02 6.43 5.27
34.30 27.44 22.86 19.60 17.15 15.24 13.72 12.47 11.43 10.55 9.80
8 4.15 0.13 0.20 0.29 0.40 0.52 0.66 0.82 0.99 1.18 1.38 1.60
27.91 20.69 15.98 12.69 9.51 7.11 5.51 4.39 3.59 2.99 2.53
47.86 38.29 31.91 27.35 23.93 21.27 19.15 17.41 15.95 14.73 13.68
8 5.79 0.13 0.20 0.29 0.40 0.52 0.66 0.81 0.98 1.17 1.37 1.59
41.96 31.69 24.96 20.24 16.77 14.13 11.83 9.43 7.69 6.40 5.40
35.17 29.31 25.12 21.98 19.54 17.58 15.99 14.65 13.53 12.56 11.72
9 4.98 0.18 0.26 0.35 0.46 0.58 0.72 0.87 1.04 1.22 1.41 1.62
27.65 21.40 17.02 13.53 10.01 7.69 6.09 4.94 4.09 3.44 2.93
51.17 42.64 36.55 31.98 28.43 25.58 23.26 21.32 19.68 18.27 17.06
9 6.97 0.18 0.26 0.36 0.47 0.59 0.73 0.88 1.05 1.23 1.43 1.64
42.85 33.81 27.45 22.77 19.20 16.41 13.46 10.94 9.06 7.63 6.52
41.20 35.32 30.90 27.47 24.72 22.48 20.60 19.02 17.66 16.48 15.45 14.54
10 6.14 0.24 0.32 0.42 0.54 0.66 0.80 0.95 1.12 1.30 1.49 1.69 1.91
30.45 24.38 19.91 15.70 12.04 9.52 7.71 6.37 5.35 4.56 3.94 3.43
57.31 49.13 42.99 38.21 34.39 31.26 28.66 26.45 24.56 22.93 21.49 20.23
10 8.36 0.24 0.32 0.42 0.53 0.66 0.80 0.95 1.12 1.29 1.49 1.69 1.91
45.98 37.46 31.17 26.37 22.60 19.57 15.97 13.20 11.10 9.47 8.17 7.13
56.70 49.61 44.10 39.69 36.08 33.07 30.53 28.35 26.46 24.81 23.35 22.05 20.89 19.84 18.90
12 8.27 0.27 0.35 0.45 0.55 0.67 0.80 0.93 1.08 1.24 1.41 1.60 1.79 1.99 2.21 2.44
41.38 34.05 28.45 23.21 18.19 14.61 11.99 10.01 8.48 7.28 6.32 5.53 4.89 4.35 3.90
84.28 73.74 65.55 58.99 53.63 49.16 45.38 42.14 39.33 36.87 34.70 32.77 31.05 29.50 28.09
12 11.8 0.27 0.35 0.44 0.55 0.66 0.79 0.93 1.07 1.23 1.40 1.58 1.77 1.98 2.19 2.41
67.86 56.89 48.47 41.84 36.50 32.12 28.48 23.97 20.35 17.50 15.21 13.35 11.81 10.53 9.44
116.60 102.03 90.69 81.62 74.20 68.02 62.79 58.30 54.41 51.01 48.01 45.35 42.96 40.81 38.87
14 13.9 0.22 0.29 0.37 0.45 0.55 0.65 0.77 0.89 1.02 1.16 1.31 1.47 1.64 1.81 2.00
100.92 85.07 72.85 63.16 55.32 48.87 43.47 38.91 34.45 29.34 25.27 21.99 19.31 17.09 15.24
Notes
1. Load is applied at beam’s neutral axis on a simply supported single span braced against twisting at supports.
2. Building-type structure.
3. For each beam size, first line is total load for laterally braced beam, second line is deflection for laterally braced beam,
and third line is total load for beam not laterally braced.
Notes
1. Load is applied at beam’s neutral axis on a simply supported single span braced against twisting at supports.
2. Building-type structure.
3. For each beam size, first line is total load for laterally braced beam, second line is deflection for laterally braced beam, and
third line is total load for beam not laterally braced.
VI-74 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3’-6” 2164 733 376 246 185 155
4’-0” 2114 696 333 209 151 121 104
infinity 2082 617 260 133 77 49 33
0.500 1’-0” 15797
1’-6” 8341 4681
2’-0” 6319 2865 1975
2’-6” 5691 2212 1326 1011
3’-0” 5254 1872 1043 729 585
3’-6” 5129 1737 892 583 439 368
4’-0” 5010 1650 790 495 358 286 247
infinity 4936 1462 617 316 183 115 77
Allowable loads in this table are calculated using Roark’s Formulas for Stress and Strain, 6th edition, Table
26, Case 1a assuming that deflections are limited to the short span divided by 150, all plate edges are sim-
ply supported, the allowable flexural stress is 29 ksi, and the plate is uniformly loaded.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
45 101 91 101 – 113 112
50 96 88 96 – 107 –
55 91 85 91 – 102 –
60 87 83 87 – 98 –
Notes
1. Maximum spans are calculated in accordance with the Specification for Aluminum Structures for allowable
strength design of building-type structures.
2. Material is Alclad 3004-H151, -H261, or -H361 (which are stucco embossed tempers) or Alclad 3004-H16.
Dimensions are given in Part V Table 25 and section properties are given in Part V Table 26.
3. The deflection limit is 1/60 of the span.
( )
Design Number of Equal Spans
Load One Two Three
(psf) Str1 Str2 Defl1 Defl2 Str1 Str2 Defl1 Defl2 Str1 Str2 Defl1 Defl2
Ribbed Siding - 0.032” thick, 4” Pitch
20 98 101 85 101 98 – 113 110 106
25 88 91 79 91 88 – 101 98 98
30 80 83 75 83 80 – 93 90 93
35 75 77 71 77 75 – 86 83 –
40 70 72 68 72 70 – 80 78 –
45 66 68 66 68 66 – 76 74 –
50 63 64 63 64 63 – 72 70 –
Ribbed Siding - 0.040” thick, 4” Pitch
20 118 120 92 120 118 – 134 132 113
25 106 107 85 107 106 – 120 118 105
30 97 98 80 98 97 – 110 108 99
35 90 91 76 91 90 – 102 100 94
40 84 85 73 85 84 – 95 94 90
45 79 80 70 80 79 – 90 89 87
50 75 76 68 76 75 – 85 84 84
Ribbed Siding - 0.032” thick, 8” Pitch
20 62 77 74 – 77 62 – – 78 69 – –
25 56 69 – – 69 56 – – 70 62 – –
30 51 63 – – 63 51 – – 64 57 – –
35 47 59 – – 59 47 – – 59 53 – –
40 44 55 – – 55 44 – – 55 49 – –
45 42 52 – – 52 42 – – 52 47 – –
50 40 49 – – 49 40 – – 49 44 – –
Ribbed Siding - 0.040” thick, 8” Pitch
20 75 91 80 84 91 75 – – 94 84 – –
25 67 82 74 79 82 67 – – 84 75 – –
30 62 75 70 74 75 62 – – 77 69 – –
35 57 69 67 – 69 57 – – 71 64 – –
40 54 65 64 – 65 54 – – 67 60 – –
45 51 61 – – 61 51 – – 63 56 – –
50 48 58 – – 58 48 – – 60 54 – –
Notes
1. Wide flat is on loaded side; load is toward neutral axis.
2. Narrow flat is on loaded side; load is toward neutral axis.
3. Maximum spans are calculated in accordance with the Specification for Aluminum Structures for allowable
strength design of building-type structures.
4. Material is Alclad 3004-H151, -H261, or -H361 (which are stucco embossed tempers) or Alclad 3004-H16.
Dimensions are given in Part V Table 25 and section properties are given in Part V Table 26.
5. The deflection limit is 1/60 of the span.
Table 5-3
NOMINAL TENSILE AND SINGLE SHEAR STRENGTHS
FOR 2024-T4 AND 7075-T73 BOLTS AND CAP SCREWS
Table 5-6
INTERNAL THREAD STRIPPING AREA FOR CLASS 2B UNC THREADS
Nominal Size Nominal Internal Thread
Threads/in. Diameter (in.) Stripping Area
Asn (in2/in. of
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
engagement)
8-32 0.164 0.334
10-24 0.190 0.401
12-24 0.216 0.458
¼ - 20 0.250 0.539
5/1618 0.3125 0.682
3/8 - 16 0.375 0.828
Filler
1100 2319 4043 4047 5183 5356 5554 5556 5654
Base Metal Ftuw 11 35 24 25 40 35 31 42 30
1060 8 8 8 8
1100 11 11 11 11
2219 35 35
3003 14 11 14 14
Alclad 3003 13 11 13 13
3004 22 22 22 22
Alclad 3004 21 21 21 21
5005 15 15 15 15 15 15
5050 18 18 18 18 18 18
5052 25 25 25 25
4
5083 40 40 40
5
5086 35 35 35 35
5154 30 30 30 30 30
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5454 31 31 31 31 31
4
5456 42 40 42
6005A 24 24 24 24 24 24
6061 24 24 24 24 24 24
6063 17 17 17 17 17 17
6082 28 24 25 28 28 28
6351 24 24 24 24 24 24
7005 40 40 35 40
Notes
1. Tensile ultimate strength = Ftuw
2. Strengths are for the base metal welded to itself.
3. Bold values indicate the filler governs the joint strength.
4. Sheet and plate up through 1.500 in. thick.
5. Sheet and plate up through 2.000 in. thick.
Filler
1100 2319 4043 4047 5183 5356 5554 5556 5654
Base Metal Ftuw 11 35 24 25 40 35 31 42 30
1060 8 4.8 4.8 4.8
1100 11 6.6 6.6 6.6
2219 35 21.0
3003 14 6.6 8.4 8.4
Alclad 3003 13 6.6 7.8 7.8
3004 22 13.2 13.2 13.2
Alclad 3004 21 12.6 12.6 12.6
5005 15 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
5050 18 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8
5052 25 15.0 15.0 15.0
4
5083 40 24.0 24.0
5
5086 35 21.0 21.0 21.0
5154 30 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0
5454 31 18.6 18.6 18.6 18.6
4
5456 42 24.0 25.2
6005A 24 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4
6061 24 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4
6063 17 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2
14.4 15.0
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6082 28 16.8 16.8 16.8
6351 24 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4 14.4
7005 40 24.0 21.0 24.0
Notes
1. Tensile ultimate strength = Ftuw
2. Strengths are for the base metal welded to itself.
3. Bold values indicate the filler governs the joint strength.
4. Sheet and plate up through 1.500 in. thick.
5. Sheet and plate up through 2.000 in. thick.
Filler
1100 2319 4043 4047 5183 5356 5554 5556 5654
Base Metal Ftuw 11 35 24 25 40 35 31 42 30
1060 8 5.6 6.8 6.8
1100 11 5.6 9.3 9.3
2219 35 17.9
3003 14 5.6 11.9 11.9
Alclad 3003 13 5.6 11.0 11.0
3004 22 18.7 17.9 18.7
Alclad 3004 21 17.8 17.8 17.8
5005 15 12.2 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7
5050 18 12.2 12.8 15.3 15.3 15.3
5052 25 20.4 17.9 21.2
4
5083 40 20.4 21.4
5
5086 35 20.4 17.9 21.4
5154 30 20.4 17.9 21.4 15.3
5454 31 20.4 17.9 15.8 21.4
4
5456 42 20.4 21.4
6005A 24 12.2 12.8 20.4 17.9 20.4
6061 24 12.2 12.8 20.4 17.9 20.4
6063 17 12.2 12.8 14.4 14.4 14.4
6082 28 12.2 12.8 20.4 17.9 21.4
6351 24 12.2 12.8 20.4 17.9 20.4
7005 40 20.4 17.9 21.4
Notes
1. Tensile ultimate strength = Ftuw
2. Strengths are for the base metal welded to itself.
3. Bold values indicate the filler governs the joint strength.
4. Sheet and plate up through 1.500 in. thick.
5. Sheet and plate up through 2.000 in. thick.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
VI-100 2015
January January 2015
VI-71
VI-72 2015
January January 2015
VI-101
Part VII
Illustrative Examples
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE OF CONTENTS
This part of the Design Manual ilustrates the use of Part I, the Specification for Aluminum Structures. Terms and symbols used in
Part VII are consistent with those used in the Specification for Aluminum Structures, which should be consulted for their defini-
tions. References in Part VII to section and table numbers are to the section and table numbers in the Specification for Alumi-
num Structures.
In the following examples, widths of elements are conservatively calculated ignoring the effect of corner fillets. For example,
in example 3 the flange element width b, used to calculate the allowable stress in the flange of I 5 3.70, is calculated from the
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3.50
b
0.19 b = 3.50 – 0.19 = 1.65
2
Figure i
Figure 1
GIVEN: From Part V, Table 28, the required diameter for A = 0.231 in2:
1. Tensile load: 4.50 k. πD 2/4 = 0.231 in2
2. Alloy: 6061-T6.
3. Structure type: building. 4A 4 ( 0 .231 )
D= = = 0.542
π π
REQUIRED: A 3/4 in. diameter rod has a minor diameter of 0.642 in. at the
Diameter of smallest standard rod that will safely resist the net section (at the threads), so use D = 3/4 in.
load.
1”
Figure 2
GIVEN: Reading Fty from Table A.3.3 as 29 ksi, the required gross
area is
1. Tensile load: 1.20 k.
2. Alloy: 5052-H36.
Ag = Pn t /Fty = (1.20 k)(1.65)/(29 k/in2) = 0.0683 in2
3. Structure type: building.
The required thickness for 1.00 in. width is
REQUIRED:
Thickness of a 1 in. wide bar which will safely resist the t = 0.0683 in2/(1.00 in.) = 0.0683 in.
load. Assume that the ends of the bar are connected so that
the net section is sufficiently large that it does not govern From Part V, Table 3, the minimum standard thickness
the tensile strength of the bar. 0.0683 in. is t = 0.071 in.
SOLUTION:
From Section D.2, the allowable tensile strength for yield-
ing in the gross section is
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Pn = Fty Ag /Ω t = 1.20k
4'-0''
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4'-0''
4'-0''
4'-0''
Figure 3
SOLUTION: The allowable moment for the limit state of rupture given
in Section F.2 is Mnu /Ω = Z Ftu /k t /Ω; using Ftu = 38 ksi
From Part VI Beam Formulas Case 43 continuous beam of
and k t = 1.0 (see Table A.3.3), Ω = 1.95, and setting the
four equal spans, uniformly distributed load:
allowable moment equal to the required moment:
Load w = (4.50 k/ft)( ft /12 in.) = 0.375 k /in.
Z Ftu /k t /Ω = Z(38 k/in2)/1.0/1.95 = 92.6 in-k
The maximum required bending moment is
gives Z = 4.75 in3. Since this exceeds the plastic modulus
M = –168 wL2/1568 = –168(0.375 k/in)(48 in)2/1568 required for the yield limit state, use Z = 4.75 in3 to select
= –92.6 in-k a trial beam. The smallest Aluminum Association standard
I beam for which Z > 4.75 in3 is an I 5 × 3.70, for which
The negative sign for the bending moment M indicates
Z = 6.14 in3.
that the top flange of the beam is in tension. The point of
maximum stress is at the first interior support.
stress in the flange is NOTES: The building code should be checked to see if
analysis for other loading conditions (such as alternate span
f = M/S = (92.6 in-k)/(5.58 in3) = 16.6 ksi < 21.2 ksi loading) is required in addition to the load addressed above.
Generally, the use of the formula M = ± wL2 /8 satisfies all
so the I 5 × 3.70 is acceptable for local buckling using the building code requirements for uniformly loaded beams
limiting element method (Section F.3.3). supported on both ends.
If holes will be drilled in the flange at or near
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Web shear is addressed by Section G.2, flat webs supported points of high tensile stress, it may be necessary to use a
on both edges. larger beam. This may be determined by multiplying the
b/t = 22.9 < 35.3 = λ1, so Fs /Ω = 12.7 ksi, allowable shear computed flange stress at the section under consideration
stress by the ratio of the gross area of the flange to the net area
of the flange and comparing the result with the allowable
stress.
Web crippling at supports should be checked; see
Example 4.
1.50 kips
40''
Figure 4
GIVEN: The allowable moment for the limit state of rupture given in
Section F.2 is Mnu /Ω = Z Ftu /kt /Ω; using Ftu = 30 ksi and
1. Concentrated load of 1.50 k including dead load,
kt = 1.0 (see Table A.3.3), Ω = 1.95, and setting the allowable
applied at mid span.
moment equal to the required moment:
2. Span 40 in., simply supported
3. Alloy: 6063-T6 Z Ftu /kt /Ω = Z(30 k/in2)/1.0/1.95 = 15.0 in-k
4. Structure type: building
gives Z = 0.98 in3. Since the plastic modulus required for
REQUIRED: the yield limit state exceeds the plastic modulus required for
the rupture limit state, use Z = 0.99 in3 to select a trial beam.
Thickness of a standard 3 in. square tube that will safely sup-
The smallest square tube shown in Part V, Table 23 for which
port the load.
Z > 0.99 in3 is 3 x 3 x 0.095, for which Z = 1.20 in3, and for
which
SOLUTION:
From Part VI Beam Formulas Case 1, a simply supported Mnp = ZFcy = (1.20 in3)(25 k/in2) = 30 in-k
beam with a concentrated load P at the center, the maximum Now check the beam for local buckling according to
moment = M = PL/4 = (1.5 k)(40 in.)/4 = 15.0 in-k Section F.3.
The available flexural strength of members is the least of the a) The flange is in uniform compression, so its strength is
available strengths for the limit states of yielding, rupture, given in Section B.5.4. Section B.5.4.2 addresses flat ele-
local buckling, and lateral-torsional buckling. For building- ments supported on both edges; from Part VI, Table 2-21
type structures, Section F.1 gives a safety factor of 1.95 for
the rupture limit state and 1.65 for all other limit states. b/t = (3 - 2(0.095))/0.095 = 29.6 < λ2 = 39,
so Fc /Ω = 19.0 – 0.170(29.6) = 14.0 ksi
The allowable yield moment given in Section F.2 is Mnp /Ω b) The web is in flexure, so its strength is given by Section
= ZFcy /Ω; using Fcy = 25 ksi (see Tables A.3.1 and A.3.3), B.5.5.1, flat elements in flexure supported on both edg-
Ω = 1.65, and setting the allowable yield moment equal to the es. Since the beam is symmetric about the bending axis,
required moment: cc = - co, and m = 0.65.
ZFcy /Ω = Z(25 k/in2)/1.65 = 15.0 in-k b/t = (3-2(0.095))/0.095 = 29.6 < λ1, = 34.7,
so Fb/Ω = 22.7 ksi
gives Z = 0.99 in3.
Mnlb = Fc If /ccf + Fb Iw /ccw NOTES: A lighter tube in 6061-T6 alloy would be satisfacto-
ry structurally; however, for architectural uses, 6063-T6 may
If = 2[dt3/12 + dt(d/2 – t/2) 2] = 1.203 in4 be preferred because of its superior finishing characteristics.
Iw = 2t(d – 2t)3/12 = 0.351 in4 The supports and load point of Figure 4 are shown as
sharp, a condition seldom used in actual practice but used
The allowable moment for local buckling is here to define the span length more clearly. In an actual in-
stallation, the forces on the beam will be distributed over
Mnlb /Ω = (14.0 k/in2)(1.203 in4)/(3/2 – 0.095/2)in.
a distance N, which must be large enough to prevent local
+ (22.7 k/in2)(0.351 in4)/(3/2 – 0.095)in. = 17.3 in-k
crippling of the webs.
For lateral-torsional buckling, the slenderness is determined Section J.9.1 addresses Crippling of Flat Webs. From Tables
using Section F.4.2.3: A.3.1 and A.3.3, Fcy = 25 ksi, E = 10,100 ksi
For shear in the web, Part VI Beam Formulas Case 1 gives Cw2 = 1.3 in.
From Part VI, Table 2-21, Section G.2 gives the allowable Rn / Ω = (1.2)(0.194)(0.10 + 1.3)/[(0.4)(1.95)]
shear stress.
Rn /Ω = 0.419 k allowable, per web.
b/t = 29.6 < 38.7 = λ1, so Fs /Ω = 9.1 ksi
For two webs the end reaction per web is
Area of webs, A = 2(0.095)(3.00 – 2(0.095)) = 0.534 in2
V/2 = 0.75/2 = 0.375 k
GIVEN: Lb S xc (42)(1.064)
l = 2.3 5 2.3
1. 42 in. tall pipe, laterally braced at the top Cb I y J (1) (1.53)(3.04)
2. Alloy: 6061-T6
3. Transversely welded all around its base with 5356 filler = 10.5 < 133 = Cc , so
4. 200 lb lateral load applied at top of pipe
⎛ λ ⎞ π E λ Sxc
2
5. Structure type: building Mnmb =Mnp ⎜⎜1 − ⎟⎟ +
⎝ Cc ⎠ C c3
REQUIRED: 2
10.5 π (10,100)(10.5)(1.064)
= 21.8(1 − )+
Size of standard pipe to safely resist the load. 133 1333
= 20.6 in-k
SOLUTION:
Flexure: The available moment for the limit state of lateral-torsional
buckling is
The required moment at the base of the pipe is
Mnmb / Ω = (20.6 in-k)/(1.65) = 12.5 in-k
Mr = PL = (0.2 k)(42 in.) = 8.4 in-k.
The allowable moment is the least of these four limit states =
Try an NPS 2 1/2 schedule 40 pipe, for which S = 1.06 in3, 12.5 in-k and is greater than the required moment of 8.4 in-k,
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Z = 1.45 in3, J = 3.04 in4, A = 1.70 in2 and Iy = 1.53 in4. From so an NPS 2 1/2 schedule 40 is satisfactory for flexure.
Table A.3.3, the welded tensile yield strength Ftyw is 15 ksi
and welded tensile ultimate strength Ftuw is 24 ksi. For welded Shear:
6061, Fcyw = Ftyw = 15 ksi.
The required shear is Vr = 0.2 k. In the weld-affected zone
From Section F.2, the moment for the limit state of yielding for 6061-T6, according to Tables A.3.1 and A.3.3 the shear
is the lesser of ultimate strength is Fsuw = 0.6 Ftuw = 0.6(24 ksi) = 14.4 ksi and
the shear yield strength is 0.6(15 ksi) = 9 ksi. In accordance
Mnp = ZFcyw = (1.45 in3)(15 k/in2) = 21.8 in-k and 1.5SFtyw = with Section G.4:
(1.5)(1.064 in3)(15 k/in2) = 23.9 in-k, which is 21.8 in-k.
For the limit state of shear rupture, the shear strength is
The available moment at the base of the pipe for the limit
state of yielding is Vn = Fsuw Awz / 2 = (14.4 k/in2)(1.70 in2)/2 = 12.2 k
Mnp / Ω = ZFcyw / Ω = (21.8 in-k)/1.65 = 13.2 in-k. For the limit state of shear rupture, available shear strength is
From Section F.2, the available moment at the base of the pipe Vn /Ω = (12.2 k)/1.95 = 6.3 k
for the limit state of rupture is
For the limit state of shear yielding and shear buckling,
Mnu / Ω = ZFtuw /Ω = (1.45 in3)(24 k/in2)/1.95 = 17.8 in-k.
λ 1 = (1.3Bs – Fsy) /(1.63Ds)
Checking local buckling using Section B.5.5.4 and Table = (1.3(12.0) – 9)) / [1.63(0.051)]
2-19W, = 79.4
5/8 1/ 4 1/ 4
⎛R ⎞ ⎛ Lv ⎞ 5/8 ⎛ 42 ⎞
Rb = (2.875” – 0.203”)/2 = 1.336”, λ = 2.9 ⎜ b ⎟ ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = 2.9 (6.6 ) ⎜ ⎟
Rb /t = 1.336/0.203 = 6.6 < 121 = Ctb, so ⎝ t ⎠ ⎝ Rb ⎠ ⎝1.336 ⎠
Fc / Ω = 17.7 – 0.9(6.6) 0.5 = 15.4 ksi;
= 22.3 < 79.4, so Fs = Fsy = 0.6(15 ksi) = 9 ksi
and the available moment at the base of the pipe for the limit
state of local buckling is The allowable shear strength for the limit state of shear yield-
ing and shear buckling is
MnLB /Ω = (15.4 ksi)(1.064 in3) = 16.4 in-k.
Vn / Ω = Fs Ag / 2/Ω = (9 k/in2)(1.70 in2) /2/1.65 = 4.6 k
For the limit state of lateral-torsional buckling, in accordance
with Section F.4 use welded strengths to determine the buck- The lesser of the allowable shear strengths is 4.6 k > 0.2 k;
ling constants since the handrail is a cantilever and has a therefore, an NPS 2 1/2 schedule 40 is satisfactory for shear.
transverse weld. The slenderness from Section F.4.2.3 is
P = 0.400 kips
Supports
Figure 6
S = M/(F/Ω) = 3.6/27.6 = 0.130 in3 ZFtu /kt /Ω = Z(38 k/in2)/1.0/1.95 = 3.60 in-k
For building-type structures, Section F.1 gives a safety gives Z = 0.185 in3.
factor of 1.95 for the rupture limit state and 1.65 for all other
limit states.
REQUIRED:
Check the strength of the connection.
Figure 8
1. Beam: Hollow rectangular tube 4 in. × 6 in. with wall Simply supported beam, uniformly distributed load,
thickness 0.080 in.
2. End supports: Aluminum Association standard channel R = W/2 = (1.2 k)/2 = 0.6 k
CS5 × 2.21.
3. Beam load: 1.20 k uniformly distributed. A = (0.6 k)/(15 k/in2) = 0.04 in2,
4. Pin: 6061-T6 rod required bearing area
5. Beam and end support alloy: 6063-T5.
The bearing area on the pin is the diameter of the pin times
6. Structure type: building
the length in bearing.
REQUIRED: D = A/(2t) = (0.04)/(2(0.080)) = 0.25 in. = diameter re-
The minimum pin size for the end connection. quired, based on the bearing stress in the beam wall.
L = (4.48 – 4.00) + 0.080/2 + 0.26/2 = 0.65 in. Section J.6.4c) addresses combined shear and flexure:
3
A conservative assumption to determine pin bending is that ⎛ Vr ⎞ ⎛M ⎞
⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ + ⎜⎜ r ⎟⎟ ≤ 1.0
half of the connection load is transferred at the top of the
⎝ Vc ⎠ ⎝ Mc ⎠
beam.
3
M = LR/2 = (0.65)(0.6/2) = 0.195 in-k ⎛ 0.3 ⎞ ⎛ 0.195 ⎞
⎜ ⎟ +⎜ ⎟ = 0.75 ≤ 1.0
⎝ 1.76 ⎠ ⎝ 0.262 ⎠
Try a 7/16 in. diameter pin:
For 6061-T6 rod, Fsy = 0.6 Fty = 0.6(35 ksi) = 21 ksi, The 7/16 in. diameter is greater than the diameter based
and Fsu = 0.6 Ftu = 0.6 (38 ksi) = 22.8 ksi. Per Section on bearing, therefore the required diameter is 7/16 in.
J.6.4a), the allowable pin shear is the lesser of
NOTES: For cases in which the bearing load on a pin is
Vn / Ω = πD 2 Fsy /4/Ωy = π(7/16 in.)2(21 k/in2)/4/1.65 = 1.91 k toward the edge of the member, the effect of edge distance
on the allowable bearing should be considered as required
Vn / Ω = πD 2 Fsu /4/Ωu = π(7/16 in.)2(22.8 k/in2)/4/1.95 in Section J.6.5.
= 1.76 k > 0.3 k = Vr = required shear
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
SOLUTION:
From Part V Table 8 the section properties of an 8 in. × 6.18-
lb/ft I-beam (I 8 × 6.18) are:
E 10,100
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 9 λ= π =π = 35.3
Fe 79.8
Local buckling of the flange (a flat element with one edge c) The interaction between member buckling and local buck-
supported) is addressed in Section B.5.4.1. The slenderness ling is addressed in Section E.4. Elastic buckling stresses
is are given in Section B.5.6.
b/t = (5.00 – 0.23)/(2 × 0.35) = 6.8 The elastic buckling stress of the flange (a flat element with
one edge supported) for the slenderness of 6.8 determined
The slenderness is between λ1 = 6.7 and λ2 = 10.5, so in b) above is
Fc / Ω = 27.3 – 0.91(6.8) = 21.1 ksi 2
E 2
(10,100)
Fcr = = = 86.2 ksi
The area of the flanges = (5.0 b /t ) 2
(5.0(6.8))2
Af = 2(5.00 – 0.23)(0.35) = 3.34 in2
The elastic buckling stress of the web (a flat element with
Local buckling of the web (a flat element with both edges both edges supported) for the slenderness of 31.7 deter-
supported) is addressed in Section B.5.4.2. The slenderness mined in b) above is
is
π2 E π 2 (10,100)
Fcr = = = 38.7 ksi > 29.0 ksi =
b/t = (8.00 – 2(0.35))/0.23 = 31.7 (1.6 b / t )2 (1.6(31.7) )2
The slenderness is between λ1 = 20.8 and λ2 = 33, so member buckling stress; therefore, the strength is not re-
duced by interaction between member and local buckling.
Fc / Ω = 27.3 – 0.291(31.7) = 18.1 ksi
The allowable axial compressive strength is the lesser of
The area of the web = 92.6 k and 104.3 k, which is 92.6 k.
Aw = (8.00 - 2(0.35))(0.23) = 1.679 in2
REQUIRED:
Allowable axial compressive strength of a corner angle be-
tween lattice points.
SOLUTION:
From Part V, Table 14, the section properties of the 4 in. × 4
in. × 3/8 in. angle are
where
2 2 Ix + I y
ro2 = x0 + y0 + = 2(0.9325) 2 + 2(4.26)/2.86 = 4.72 in2
Figure 10 Ag
π2 E
Fex = Fey = 2 = π2(10,100)/(27/1.22)2 = 203.5 ksi
⎛ kx L x ⎞
⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
⎝ rx ⎠
GIVEN:
1 ⎛ π 2 ECw ⎞ (3 / 8)(10,100)(0.134)
1. Latticed box section column Fez = ⎜⎜GJ + ⎟= = 37.6 ksi
(k z L z ) 2 ⎟⎠
2
2. Corner components: 4 in. × 4 in. × 3/8 in. angle Ag ro ⎝ (2.86)(4.72)
3. Alloy: 6061-T6
4. Spacing of lattice points: 27 in. center to center
5. Connection of lattice: Riveted
6. Structure type: building Solving for Fe by trial and error, Fe = 34.9 ksi.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The allowable axial compressive strength for member buck- The allowable axial compressive strength is the lesser of
ling is Pn /Ω = (F/Ω )Ag = (14.2)(2.86) = 40.6 k 40.5 k and 52.9 k, which is 40.5 k.
b) Local buckling is addressed in Section E.3. Local buck- NOTES: The allowable axial compressive strength of the
ling of the angle leg (a flat element with one edge support- latticed column must also be determined for full length
ed) is addressed in Section B.5.4.1. The slenderness is buckling resistance in accordance with Section E.2. The al-
lowable strength is the lesser of this strength and four times
b/t = (4.00 – 0.375)/0.375 = 9.7 the allowable strength of the corner angle computed above,
whichever is smaller.
The slenderness is between λ1 = 6.7 and λ2 = 12, so
The lattice diagonals brace the corner angles and must have
Fc / Ω = 27.3 – 0.91(9.7) = 18.5 ksi adequate stiffness and strength to meet the requirements of
Appendix 6.
The allowable axial compressive strength for local
buckling is
Pn /Ω = (F/Ω)Ag = (18.5)(2.86) = 52.9 k
⎛ π 2 EC w ⎞ 1
Fe = ⎜⎜ + GJ⎟⎟
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2
⎝ (k z Lz ) ⎠ x Iy
I +
⎛π2 (10,100)(6.28) ⎞ 1
= ⎜⎜ +(3800)(0.0547)⎟⎟ = 65.4 ksi
⎝ 42 2
⎠ 6.97+1.64
E 10,100
λ= π =π = 39.0
Fe 65.4
1. Column section: 4 in. × 3.50 in. × 3.06 lb/ft Army-Navy The allowable axial compressive strength for member
wide flange section. (WF (A-N) 4 × 3.06) buckling is Pn /Ω = (F/Ω) Ag = (14.2)(2.60) = 37.0 k
2. Length: 42 in.
3. End conditions: pinned. b) Local buckling is addressed in Section E.3.
4. Alloy: 6061-T6.
Local buckling of the flange (a flat element with one edge
5. Structure type: building
supported) is addressed in Section B.5.4.1. The slender-
ness is
REQUIRED:
Allowable axial compressive strength. b/t = (3.50 – 0.25)/(2 × 0.25) = 6.5 < 6.7 = λ1,
so Fc / = 21.2 ksi
SOLUTION:
Local buckling of the web (a flat element with both edges
From Part V, Table 10, the section properties of WF (A-N)
supported) is addressed in Section B.5.4.2. The slender-
4 × 3.06 are
ness is
A = 2.60 in2, b = 3.50 in., t = 0.250 in., rx = 1.64 in.,
b/t = (4.00 – 2(0.25))/0.25 = 14 < 20.8 = λ1, so
ry = 0.793 in. , Ix = 6.97 in4, Iy = 1.64 in4, Cw = 6.28 in6,
J = 0.0547 in4 Fc / Ω = 21.2 ksi
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
An = area of an element
n bn dn An Yn AYn AYn2 In
1 3.95 0.1 0.395 1.05 0.4147 0.4355 0.0003
1" (typical)
2 0.1 1.0 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.025 0.0083
3.85" 3.85" Totals 0.495 0.4647 0.4605 0.0086
0.1"
Σ AnYn 0.4647
3.95" c= = = 0.9389 in.
Σ An 0.495
0.1" Io = (AnYn2) – c2An + In
(1.0)(0.1)
1+
0.1" 3.85 (3.85)(0.1)
Detail λs = (4.62)
0. 1 10.67(0.03275)
1+ 1+
Figure 13 3.85(0.1) 3
λs = 61.4 < 66 = λ2
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
F1 /Ω = 23.9 – 0.149 (61.4) = 14.8 ksi
GIVEN:
Check the flat elements on either side of the stiffener:
1. An 8 in. square tube column, with 0.10 in. thick walls
3.85
and 0.10 in. thick by 1 in. long stiffeners at the middle b/t = = 38.5 > 33 = λ2
0.1
of each side.
2. Alloy: 6061-T6 extrusion. from Section B.5.4.2
3. Structure type: building
F2 /Ω = 580/38.5 = 15.1 ksi > 14.8 ksi = F1
REQUIRED: So Fc / Ω = F1 /Ω = 14.8 ksi
Allowable local buckling compressive stress.
SOLUTION:
Section B.5.4.4 addresses uniform compression of flat ele-
ments supported on both edges and with an intermediate
stiffener.
SOLUTION:
From Part V, Table 21, round tubes, the radius of gyration
r of 6 in. OD tubes ranges from 1.80 in. to 2.08 in.. Select
from the table the trial wall thickness of 0.188 in. for which
A = 3.43 in2 and r = 2.06 in.
Fc / Ω = 21.2 ksi
Figure 14
GIVEN:
1. Shape: Round tube, 6 in. OD (outside diameter).
2. Load: 40 k, concentric.
3. Length: 18 in.
4. Alloy: 6061-T6.
5. End Conditions: pinned.
6. Structure type: building
REQUIRED:
The wall thickness of a standard tube that has an allowable
axial compressive strength of at least 40 k.
Figure 15
VII - 28 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
− 168 wL2
M =
1568
Rewriting to solve for w,
1568M 1568(92.8)
w= = = 0.376 k/in. =
168 L2 168(48) 2
allowable distributed load for flexure
From Table B.4.3, k1 = 0.50, k2 = 2.04 b) Section F.3 addresses local buckling.
For the portion of the cross section in the weld-affected Section B.5.4.1 addresses the flange. The slenderness
zone, Table A.3.3 gives mechanical properties for 5456- ratio of the compression flange is
H321 plate:
b/t = (16 – 3/8)/2/1 = 7.8
E = 10,100 ksi , Ftu = 42 ksi , Fty = 19 ksi, Fcy = 19 ksi
For the unwelded portion of the flange
From Part VI, Table 1-2, the buckling constants for the weld
λ1 = (Bp – Fcy)/(5.0Dp) = (39.0 – 27.9)/(5.0(0.297)) = 7.5
affected material are
k1 Bp 0.50(39.0)
Bc = 21.6 Bp = 25.7 Bbr = 34.1 λ2 = = = 13.1
Dc = 0.123 Dp = 0.158 Dbr = 0.243 5.0 Dp 5.0(0.297)
Cc = 117.7 Cp = 108 Cbr = 93.6
λ1 = 7.5 < b/t = 7.8 < 13.1 = λ1 , so
From Table B.4.3, k1 = 0.50, k2 = 2.04 Fco = Bp – 5.0Dp b/t = 39.0 – 5.0(0.297)(7.8) = 27.4 ksi
Section F.1 establishes safety factors of 2.20 on tensile rup- Fco / Ω = (27.4 ksi)/1.85 = 14.8 ksi
ture and 1.85 on all other limit states for flexure of bridge-
type structures. For the welded portion of the flange
a) Section F.2 addresses the yield and rupture limit states. λ1 = (Bp – Fcy)/(5.0Dp) = (25.7 – 19)/(5.0(0.158)) = 8.5
The plastic neutral axis has the same location as the elastic
b/t = 7.8 < 8.5 = λ1, so
neutral axis because weld-affected areas are balanced about
Fcw / Ω = Fcyw /Ω = (19 ksi)/1.85 = 10.3 ksi
the neutral axis.
Section B.5.4 provides the strength of the compression
If all the material in the section had the same strength,
flange as
Z = (16)(1)(50 – 1/2 – 27.1) + (22.9 – 1)(0.375)(22.9 –
Fcf = Fco (1 – Awz /Ag) + Fcw Awz /Ag
1)/2 + (27.1 – 1)(0.375)(27.1 – 1)/2 + (12)(1)(27.1 – ½)
= 895 in3 The gross area of the compression flange is
The yield moment if no part were weld-affected is Ag = 16(1) = 16 in2
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Mnpo = ZFcy = (895 in3)(27.9 k/in2) = 24,970 in-k The weld-affected area of the compression flange is
The yield moment if the whole section were weld-affected is Awz = 2.375 in2
Mnpw = ZFcyw = (895 in3)(19 k/in2) = 17,005 in-k Fc f /Ω = [Fco (1 – Awz /Ag) + Fcw Awz /Ag] / Ω
For part of the section weld-affected, the yield limit state moment and rupture limit state moment are determined below:
Section B.5.5.1 addresses the web. The moment of inertia of the flanges is
The slenderness ratio of the web is If = (12)(1)3/12 + (16)(1)3/12 + (16)(1)(22.9 – 0.5)2 + (12)
(1)(27.1 – 0.5)2 = 16,521 in4
b/t = (50 – 2)/0.375 = 128
The moment of inertia of the web is
cc = -22.9 +1 = -21.9
Iw = (0.375)(48)3/12 + (0.375)(48)(27.1 – 25)2 = 3535 in4
co = 27.1 – 1 = 26.9
Mnlb = Fcf If /ccf + Fcw Iw /ccw
co /cc = 26.9/-21.9 = -1.23
Mnc /Ω = (14.1)(16521)/(22.9 – 0.5) +
m = 1.3/(1 – co /cc) = 1.3/(1 – (-1.23)) = 0.58 (10.7)(3535)/(22.9 – 1) = 12,130 in-k
For the unwelded portion of the web c) Section F.4 addresses lateral-torsional buckling. To de-
k1 Bbr 0.5(52.0) Lb
λ2 = = = 98.1 termine the slenderness ratio λ = , Section F.1.1
mDbr (0.58)(0.457) ry Cb
b/t = 128 > 98.1 = λ2, so allows the bending coefficient Cb to be conservatively
taken as 1.
k 2 Bbr E 2.04 (52.0)(10,100)
Fbo = = = 19.9 ksi Since the compression flange is larger than the tension
mb / t (0.58)(128)
flange, Section F.4.2.2 does not apply. Section F.4.2.5
Fbo / Ω = 19.9/1.85 = 10.8 ksi applies to any beam, so using it:
λ= π =π = 25.8
Ag = 0.375(22.9 – 1) = 8.21 in2 Me 131400
The weld-affected area of the web in compression is Lb 120
= = 32.5 < λ2 = 1.2Cc = 1.2(103) = 124
Awz = (1)(0.375) = 0.375 in2 ry 3.69
Fb = Mnmb /Sx = (20,815 in-k)/(879 in3) = 23.7 k/in2 Figure 3.1 detail 4 is similar to this example. Table 3.1
indicates that this detail is fatigue category B. Section 3.2
For a beam entirely weld-affected: requires that for constant amplitude loading the applied
stress range Sra be less than the allowable stress range S rd :
λ = 25.8 < 117.7 = Cc, so
Sra < S rd = Cf N -1/m
⎛ λ ⎞ π 2 E λ Sxc
Mnmb = M np ⎜⎜1 − ⎟⎟ +
⎝ Cc ⎠ Cc3 For category B, Table 3.2 gives Cf = 130 ksi and m =
2
4.84, so
⎛ 25.8 ⎞ π (10,100)(25.8)(879
= 17.005 ⎜1 − ⎟+
⎝ 95.9 ⎠ 95.9 3 S rd = (130 ksi)/(500,000)1/4.84 = 8.6 ksi
Section F.4 provides the lateral-torsional buckling strength Sw = 20,132/(27.1 – 1.0) = 771 in3
of longitudinally welded beams as
The tensile moment for fatigue Mf for the tensile stress
Mn = Mno (1 – Awz /Af) + Mnw (Awz /Af ) range is
Awz = (1 + 0.375 + 1)(1) + (1)(0.375) = 2.75 in2 If variable amplitude loading occurred, an equivalent
stress range would be calculated to compare to the allow-
Af = (16)(1) + (22.9/3 – 1)(0.375) = 18.5 in2 able stress range. For example, if the loading were
Mnmb = 20,815(1 – 2.75/18.5) + 14,990(2.75/18.5) 100,000 cycles 9.5 ksi stress range
= 19,950 in-k 50,000 cycles 10.0 ksi stress range
350,000 cycles 7.1 ksi stress range
Mnmb /Ω = 19,950/1.85 = 10,780 in-k ________________________________________
500,000 cycles at various stress ranges
The lateral-torsional buckling stress Fb = Mnmb / Sc
Section 3.3 provides the equivalent stress range Sre for
Fb =(19,950 in-k /879 in3) = 22.7 k/in2 variable amplitude loading:
d) Section F.4.3 addresses interaction between local Sre = [(100/500)9.54.84 + (50/500)10.04.84 +
|buckling and lateral-torsional buckling. (350/500)7.14.84]1/4.84 = 8.2 ksi < 8.6 ksi
The flange’s slenderness ratio is So this variable amplitude loading does not exceed the
allowable stress range.
b/t = (16 – 0.375)/2/1 = 7.8
Selection of allowable moment
The flange’s elastic buckling stress given in Section B.5.6
is Comparing the allowable static (10,390 in-k) and fatigue
π2 E π 2 (10,100) (6630 in-k) moments, the allowable moment is 6630 in-k
Fcr = = = 65.5 ksi > 22.7 ksi
(5.0 b /t ) 2 (5.0(7.8)) 2 from fatigue.
Because the flange’s elastic buckling stress is not less than NOTES: If the shape of the moment diagram is known
the beam’s lateral-torsional buckling stress, the beam’s the lateral-torsional buckling strength could be deter-
flexural capacity is not limited by the interaction between mined more precisely by using the bending coefficient Cb
local buckling and lateral-torsional buckling. computed according to Section F.4.1.2.
The allowable moments are:
Figure 17
GIVEN: for the number of cycles, N = 500,000,
1. Welded girder, see Figure 17 Srd = (130)(500,000) –1/4.84 = 8.6 ksi
2. Lateral support spacing: compression flange, 10 ft o.c.
3. Alloy: 5456-H321 The section modulus, Sw corresponding to the weld
4. Structure type: bridge location on the tension flange is:
5. Number of load cycles: 500,000
6. Load applied downward on the compression flange. Sw = 20,132/(27.1 – 1.0) = 771 in3
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The allowable moment range for fatigue ΔM is calculated
REQUIRED:
for a tensile stress range at the web.
Allowable moment range for fatigue loading of the beams
shown in Figure 17. ΔM = Srd Sw = 8.6 (771) = 6630 in-k
Specification Figure 3.1 Example 6 is a girder with a Srd = (278) (500,000)–1/3.64 = 7.6 ksi
similar detail at the bottom of the stiffener to that shown
in Figure 17b. The category corresponding to Example 6 The section modulus at the bottom end of the stiffener is:
is C.
Sw = (20,132)/(27.1 – 4.0) = 872 in3
Section 3.2 requires for constant amplitude loading that
The allowable moment range for fatigue ΔM is calculated
the applied stress range Sra shall not exceed the allowable
for a tensile stress range at the end of the stiffener.
stress range Srd
ΔM = (7.6 k/in2) (872 in3) = 6630 in-k
Srd = Cf N–1/m
Figure 18
GIVEN: For the limit state of rupture, the allowable moment is
1. Concentrated load of 5.5 k at mid-span. Mnu /Ω = ZFtu / k t / Ω
2. Span: 10 ft, simply supported. = (11.3 in3)(38 k/in2)/1/1.95
3. Alloy: 6061-T6. = 220.2 in-k.
4. Structure type: building
The allowable moment for local buckling determined using
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
REQUIRED: Section F.3.3 is based on Section B.5.5.4.
Is a 6 in. schedule 40 pipe adequate for the required load? Rb /t = (6.625 – 0.280)/2/0.280 = 11.3 < 55.4 = λ1, and
SOLUTION: Fb /Ω = 39.3 – 2.7(Rb /t)1/2 = 30.2 ksi
Section F.1 establishes safety factors of 1.95 on tensile The allowable moment for local buckling is
rupture and 1.65 on all other limit states for flexure of build-
ing-type structures. Allowable stresses for 6061-T6 given Mnlb / Ω = SFb / Ω = (8.50 in3)(30.2 k/in2) = 256.7 in-k
in Part VI Table 2-19 are used below.
For closed shapes, the slenderness for lateral-torsional
Section F.2 addresses the limit states of yielding and rup- buckling using Section F.4.2.3 is
ture. Part V Table 22 shows, for a 6 in. schedule 40 pipe: Lb Sxc (120)(8.50)
λ = 2.3 = 2.3 =
D = 6.625 in, t = 0.280 in., S = 8.50 in3, Z = 11.3 in3, Cb Iy J (1) (28.1)(56.2)
Iy = 28.1 in4, J = 56.2 in4
= 11.7 < 66 = Cc , so
For the limit state of yielding, the allowable moment is the
lesser of
⎛ λ ⎞ π 2E λ Sxc
3 2 Mnmb = Mnp ⎜⎜1 − ⎟⎟ +
Mn p /Ω = 1.5SFty /Ω = 1.5(8.50 in )(35 k/in )/1.65 = 270 in-k
⎝ Cc ⎠ Cc3
Mn p /Ω = ZFty /Ω = (11.3 in3)(35 k/in2)/1.65 = 239.7 in-k 2
⎛ 11.7 ⎞ π (10,100)(11.7)(8.50)
= 370.9 ⎜1 − ⎟+
The lesser of these is Mnp /Ω = 239.7 in-k, and ⎝ 66 ⎠ 66 3
Mn p = (239.7 in-k)(1.65) = 395.5 in-k.
= 339.6 in-k
Figure 19
From Part VI, Beam Formulas Case 26, concentrated load P Z = (0.375)(1.5)2/4 = 0.211 in3
at center, the maximum moment is
For the limit state of yielding, the allowable moment is the
Mmax = PL/8 = (0.5)(36)/8 = 2.25 in-k lesser of
Section F.1 establishes safety factors of 1.95 on tensile rup- 1.5Fcy S/Ω= 1.5(0.9)(26)(0.141)/1.65 = 3.0 in-k
ture and 1.65 on all other limit states for flexure of building-
and ZFc y / Ω = (0.211)(0.9)(26)/1.65 = 3.0 in-k,
type structures. Part VI Table 2-10 gives allowable stresses
so Mn p /Ω = 3.0 in-k, and
for 5052-H34.
Mn p = (3.0)(1.65) = 4.95 in-k.
w = 20 lb/ft2
RT 4 x 2 x 0.188
12'-0" S S Tube of Alloy
6063-T5
Figure 20
Ix = 4.23 in4, Sx = 2.11 in3, Iy = 1.37 in4, J = 3.19 in4, and Mnlb /Ω = SFb / Ω = (2.11)(9.7) = 20.5 in-k
Z = 2.67 in3
Section F.4.2.3 addresses lateral-torsional buckling of
The slenderness ratio of the flange is closed shapes. Conservatively using Cb = 1.0,
b/t = (2 – 2 (0.188))/0.188 = 8.6
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 21
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b/t = (0.70 – 0.072)/0.072 = 8.7, which is between 6.7 = λ1 b/t = 26.25 > 10.5 = λ2, so
and 10.5 = λ2, so
FUT /Ω = 186/26.25 = 7.1 ksi
Fb / = 27.3 – 0.91(8.7) = 19.4 ksi
FST / Ω = allowable stress for flange as supported on both
The allowable moment based on stiffener local buckling is edges per B.5.4.2
Mslb = (19.4)(5.15)/(6 – 3.70 – 0.072) = 44.8 in-k
λ1 = 20.8 < b/t = 26.25 < 33 = λ2
Section B.5.4.3 addresses local buckling of elements
supported on one edge and with a stiffener at the other edge. FST / Ω = 27.3 – 0.291 (b/t) = 27.3 – 0.291(26.25)
The flange element width is b = (4 – 3(0.072))/2 = 1.89 in. FST / Ω = 19.7 ksi
The depth of the stiffener is Ds = 0.70 – 0.072 = 0.628 in. Fc / Ω = FUT /Ω + (FST /Ω – FUT /Ω)ρST FST
b/t = 1.89/0.072 = 26.25 The smallest of the allowable moments is for the limit
state of rupture, so the allowable moment is
ds sin θ 0.7 − 0.072
rs = = = 0.363 M = 37.9 in-k
3 3
NOTE: Shear stress should be checked using Section G.2.
2λe = 43.5 > 26.25 = b/t > 21.7 = λe, so
Figure 23
GIVEN: and ZFcy / Ω = (0.435)(25)/1.65 = 6.59 in-k,
so Mnp /Ω = 5.52 in-k.
1. 2.5 in. × 2 in. × 0.125 in. channels as shown in Figure 23
2. Alloy: 6063-T6 For the limit state of rupture, the allowable moment is
3. Structure type: building
4. Channel has continuous lateral brace. Mnu / Ω = ZFtu / kt / Ω = (0.435)(30)/1/1.95 = 6.69 in-k.
I = 0.325 in4, Sc = I/cc = 0.325/1.34 = 0.243 in3, The least of the allowable moments is Mnlb = 3.81 in-k, so
St = I/ct = 0.325/(2 – 1.34) = 0.485 in3, Z = 0.435 in3 3.81 in-k is the allowable moment.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section F.1 establishes safety factors of 1.95 on tensile Part II, channel with stiffener lips:
rupture and 1.65 on all other limit states for flexure of
The section properties are computed using the method
building-type structures. Allowable stresses for 6063-T6
shown in example 16 with the following results:
given in Part VI Table 2-21 are used below.
c = 1.20 in. to the top fiber
Section F.2 addresses yielding and rupture.
I = 0.461 in4, Sc = I/cc = 0.461/1.20 = 0.384 in3,
For the limit state of yielding, the allowable moment is the
St = I/ct = 0.461/(2 – 1.20) = 0.576 in3, Z = 0.566 in3
least of
Section F.2 addresses yielding and rupture.
1.5Fcy Sc /Ω = 1.5(25)(0.243)/1.65 = 5.52 in-k
For the limit state of yielding, the allowable moment is the
1.5Fty St /Ω= 1.5(25)(0.485)/1.65 = 11.0 in-k
least of
Section B.5.4.1 addresses local buckling of elements in uni- Since b/t = 14 < λ1 = 27.5, Fb /Ω = 22.7 ksi
form compression supported on one edge (the lip). The lip
slenderness is The allowable moment based on web local buckling is
Mnwlf / = (22.7)(0.461)/(1.20 – 0.125) = 9.7 in-k.
b/t = (0.50 – 0.125)/0.125 = 3 < λ1 = 7.3,
so Fb /Ω = 15.2 ksi The least of the allowable moments is for the limit state of
flange local buckling , so 5.8 in-k is the allowable moment.
The allowable moment based on lip local buckling is
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Mnflb /Ω = (15.2)(0.461)/1.20 = 5.8 in-k NOTES: The use of Section B.5.5.1 assumes that the lip pro-
vides lateral support at the top of the web. Section B.5.5.5
Section B.5.5.1 addresses elements in flexure (the web) may be used to determine the local buckling strength more
supported on both edges. The web slenderness is precisely and check this assumption.
where
REQUIRED:
Allowable compressive flexural stress at the extreme fiber
of web.
SOLUTION:
Assume that the neutral axis is approximately at the mid-
height of the web. For the web,
VII - 48 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
where
January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
VII - 49
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 26
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Section F.3 addresses local buckling.
From Part V, Table 8, Aluminum Association standard I-
beams. Section B.5.4.1 addresses the flange; b/t = 6.8 > 6.7 = λ1, so
Fb /Ω = 27.3 – 0.91(6.8) = 21.1 ksi
d = 8.00 in., b = 5.00 in., A = 5.26 in2, tf = 0.35 in.,
tw = 0.23 in., Ix = 59.7 in4, Sx = 14.9 in3, Z = 16.5 in3 Section B.5.5.1 addresses the web; b/t = 31.7 < 33.1 = λ1, so
Fb /Ω = 31.8 ksi
For the flange, b/t = (5.00 – 0.23)/2/0.35 = 6.8
The least of these is 21.1 ksi so the allowable moment for
For the web, b/t = (8.00 – 2(0.35))/0.23 = 31.7 local buckling is
Allowable stresses for 6061-T6 given in Part VI Table 2-19 Mnlb / Ω = SF / Ω = 21.1(14.9) = 314 in-k
are used below.
The allowable moment is the least of the allowable mo-
Section F.1 establishes safety factors of 1.95 on tensile ments for yielding (350 in-k), rupture (322 in-k), and local
rupture and 1.65 on all other limit states for flexure of buckling (314 in-k), which is 314 in-k.
building-type structures. Because the compression flange
is laterally supported, the beam is not subject to lateral-
torsional buckling.
For b/t = 31.7 < λ1 = 35.3, NOTES: Section F.3.1, the weighted average flexural
Fs /Ω = 12.7 ksi, allowable web shear stress. strength, could be used to determine a more precise and
less conservative flexural strength. Since shear controlled,
Allowable shear = however, using Section F.3.1 would not result in a greater
(Fs /Ω)Aw = (12.7 k/in2)(8)(0.23 in2) = 23.4 k allowable distributed load on the beam.
From Part VI, Beam Formulas Case 6, for a simply
supported beam with a uniform load,
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 27
GIVEN: The length of the end-loaded fillet weld is
6 in. < 100(0.375 in.) = 37.5 in.,
1. Welded connection as shown in Figure 27
which does not exceed the maximum effective length
2. Longitudinal weld length 6 in. (each side), transverse
prescribed in Section J.2.2.2.
weld length 4 in.
3. Weld size: Sw = 3/8 in. equal leg fillet Section J.2.5 establishes the nominal strength of a fillet
4. Base metal: 6061-T6 weld Rn as the lesser of the base material strength for the
5. Filler alloy: 4043 limit states of tensile rupture and shear rupture and the weld
6. Structure type: building metal strength for the limit state of rupture as follows:
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
REQUIRED:
Check the given I-beam's ability to carry the wind load Per Section F.1, the available flexural strength of members
safely. is the least of the available strengths for the limit states
of yielding, rupture, local buckling, and lateral-torsional
SOLUTION: buckling. These available strengths are tabulated below.
From Part VI, Beam Formulas Case 36, continuous beam of For local buckling:
two equal spans-uniformly distributed load:
For the interior flange, Section B.5.4.3, flat elements with
Load, w = (26.3 lb/ft2) (5 ft) (1 ft/12 in.) = 11.0 lb/in. (posi- one edge supported and one edge with stiffener, applies if
tive and negative) Ds /b < 0.8; however,
For the web (Section B.5.5.1, flat element with both edges
supported):
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
tensile section modulus St in3 3.70 3.70 3.82 = I /c
flange moment of inertia Ixf in4 9.42 9.42 9.42
4
web moment of inertia Ixw in 1.86 1.86 1.86
y axis moment of inertia
Iytop in4 0.677 0.677 0.677
top flange
y axis moment of inertia
Iybot in4 0.238 0.238 0.238
bottom flange
y axis moment of inertia
Iyc in4 0.677 0.677 0.238
compression flange
⎞ ⎡ ⎛ Iy ⎤
2
coefficient of ⎛ 2 I yc ⎞
βx in. 2.43 2.43 -2.48 = 0.9d f ⎜⎜ − 1⎟ ⎢1 − ⎜⎜
⎟⎢
⎟
⎟
⎥
⎝ Iy ⎠ ⎣ ⎝ Ix ⎥
monosymmetry ⎠ ⎦
ESxc
LTB slenderness ratio λ - 30.9 105.3 25.6 = π
Me
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2
compressive yield strength Fcy k/in 16 16 16
tensile yield strength Fty k/in2 16 16 16
tensile ultimate strength Ftu k/in2 22 22 22
safety factor (except for
Ωy - 1.65 1.65 1.65
rupture)
safety factor for rupture Ωu - 1.95 1.95 1.95
limit state moment for
Mnp in-k 70.0 70.0 70.0 = Z Fcy
yielding
available moment for yielding Mnp /Ω in-k 42.4 42.4 42.4
available moment for rupture Mnu /Ω in-k 49.3 49.3 49.3 = Z Ftu /kt /Ω
available stress web local
FnbLB /Ω k/in2 14.0 14.0 14.0
buckling
available stress flange
FncLB /Ω k/in2 8.8 8.8 9.7
local buckling
distance n.a. to flange
ccf in. 2.76 2.76 2.987
centerline
distance n.a. to web extreme
ccw in. 2.70 2.70 2.925
fiber
available moment for local
Mn LB /Ω in-k 39.7 39.7 39.5 = (FncLB /Ω)I f /ccf + (FnbLB /Ω)Iw /ccw
buckling
available moment Mn /Ω in-k 36.5 20.8 37.3 = min(Mnp /Ω, Mnu /Ω, MnLB /Ω,MnLBT /Ω)
maximum moment Mmax in-k 11.7 17.4 30.9
is Mn/ > Mmax? OK OK OK
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
web moment of inertia Ixw in4 1.86 1.86 1.86
y axis moment of inertia
Iytop in4 0.677 0.677 0.677
top flange
y axis moment of inertia
Iybot in4 0.238 0.238 0.238
bottom flange
y axis moment of inertia
Iyc in4 0.238 0.238 0.677
compression flange
⎞ ⎡ ⎛ Iy ⎤
2
⎛ 2 I yc ⎞
coefficient of
βx in. -2.48 -2.48 2.43 = 0.9d f ⎜⎜ − 1⎟ ⎢1 − ⎜⎜
⎟⎢
⎟
⎟
⎥
monosymmetry ⎝ Iy ⎠ ⎣ ⎝ Ix ⎠ ⎥
⎦
ESxc
LTB slenderness ratio λ - 18.1 74.7 23.9 = π
Me
Figure 28e
t/2
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
d R
n
1.0
Detail A - Bend
Bend Detail
See Detail A
1/2 1/2
1 3/8 5 5/8
Figure 29
GIVEN: This siding is the 8” ribbed siding shown in Part V Table 25
with section properties given in Part V Table 26.
1. 8 in. rib panel, repeating pattern.
2. Thickness = 0.032 in. Calculations of Section Properties
3. Alclad 3004-H151 (Ftu = 34 ksi, Fty = 30 ksi).
4. Bend radii are 0.0625 in. at inner surface of each bend. The small radii are ignored. Nodal geometry is based on
5. Structure type: building points of intersection of centerlines of elements.
Nodal geometry
REQUIRED:
1. Allowable moments for: Node x y
a. top in compression 1 0.000 0.016
b. bottom in compression
2. Moment of inertia for deflection calculations 2 1.375 0.016
3. Allowable reactions: 3 1.875 0.984
a. interior 4 7.500 0.984
b. exterior
4. Check the applicability of calculations for the above 5 8.000 0.016
against the criteria of Section 1.4.
SOLUTION:
1. Allowable moments for:
a. top in compression
b. bottom in compression
m = 1.15 + co /2cc = 1.15 + (-0.381/2) = 0.959 and Element y L Leff yLeff y2Leff Ieff
λ1 = (Bbr – 1.5Fcy)/(mDbr) = (50.2 – 1.5(27))/0.959/0.433 1 0.016 1.375 1.375 0.022 0.000 0.000
= 23.4 < 34.1, 2 0.500 1.090 1.090 0.545 0.272 0.085
λ2 = k1 Bbr /(mDbr) = 0.5(50.2)/0.959/0.433 = 60.4 3 0.984 5.625 3.90 3.838 3.78 0.000
4 0.500 1.090 1.090 0.545 0.272 0.085
so Fb /Ω = (Bbr – mDbr λ) / Ω
= (50.2 – 0.959(0.433)(34.1))/1.65 = 21.8 ksi Totals 7.455 4.95 4.32 0.170
For the bottom flange in compression, the least of the element 3 is at its allowable compressive stress.
allowable moments for yielding (1.28 in-k), rupture (1.36 3. Allowable reactions:
in-k), and local buckling (0.82 in-k) is 0.82 in-k.
a. allowable interior reaction
The above results can be converted to allowable moments
per foot of width as follows: Reference: Section J.9.1
Matc = (1.28)(12 in./ft.)/(8 in./cycle) Let the bearing length, N, be 2.0 in.
= 1.92 k-in./ft-width (top in compression) Consider element 2 (a web).
Mabc = (0.82)(12in./ft)/(8 in./cycle) C wa ( N + C w1 )
Pc /Ω =
ΩC wb
= 1.23 k-in./ft-width (bottom in compression)
where Cwa = t2 sin θ (0.46Fcy + 0.02 EFcy )
2. Moment of inertia for deflection calculations
where t = 0.032 in.
Refer to Section L.3
θ = 63.4°
π2 E π 2 (10,100)
For element 1: Fcr = = Fcy = (0.9)(30) = 27 ksi
(1.6 b / t ) 2 (1.6(43)) 2
E = 10,100 ksi
= 21.1 ksi > 11.1 ksi = fa
so Cwa = (0.032)2 sin 63.4°(0.46(27) + 0.02 (10,100)(27) )
so the width of element 1 is not reduced for deflection
calculations. Cwa = 0.0209 k
2 2
π E π (10,100)
For element 3: Fcr = = Cw1 = 5.4 in.
(1.6 b/t ) 2 (1.6(175.8)) 2
Cwb = Cw3 + Ri (1 – cos θ)
= 1.3 ksi < 2.7 ksi = fa
where
Cw3 = 0.4 in.
so the effective width of element 3 is
Ri = 0.0625 in.
be = b (Fcr /fa)½ so
= 5.625 (1.3/2.7)½ Cwb = 0.4 + 0.0625 (1 – cos 63.4°)
= 3.90 in.
Cwb = 0.435 in.
The allowable interior reaction, Fint is Cases (a), (b), and (e) do not apply. Cases (c), (f), and (g)
vary with each installation.
Fint = (Pc /Ω )(2 webs/cycle)(12 in./ft.)(1 cycle/8 in.)
(1000 lb/k) = 546 lb/ft-width. Case (d) is checked as follows:
Section J.9.3, combined web crippling and flexure, should maximum b = 5.625 + 2(0.25)
also be considered. = 6.125 in.
b. Allowable end reaction b/t = 6.125/0.032
Let the bearing length, N, be 2.0 in. = 191
Again, consider element 2. Condition (1) is stated then algebraically rearranged.
1.2C wa ( N + C w 2 ) 1230
Pc /Ω = (1) b/t < otherwise tests are required.
ΩC wb 3 q
where Cwa = 0.0209 k [see (a) above] q < (1230/(b/t))3
Cw2 = 1.3 in. q < 265 psf
Cwb = 0.435 in. [see (a) above] Condition (2) is treated likewise
1.2(0.0209)(2.0 + 1.3)
Pc /Ω =
(1.95)(0.435)
= 0.098 k per web. (2) b/t < 435 Fty / q otherwise tests are required.
q < [435/191]2(30)
Pend = (Pc /Ω)(2 webs/cycle)(12 in./ft)(1 cycle/8 in.)
(1000 lb/k) = 293 lb/ft-width q < 155 psf
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. q > 155 psf
1/4" diameter screw c) Section J.5.5.3 addresses screw shear. The single shear
strength of a 1/4” 7075-T73 machine screw is given in Part
VI, Table 5-1 as 1170 lb.
0.06"
0.06"
Rn / (1.25Ω) = (1170 lb)/(1.25(3)) = 0.31 k
GIVEN:
Section J.5.4 requires that the washer outside diameter Dw
1. Tapping screw of 7075-T73 aluminum, 1/4” diameter, equal or exceed 5/16 in.:
UNC thread joining 0.06 in. thick 3003-H16 sheet on top
of 0.06 in. thick 5052-H32 sheet. Dw = 5/8 in. > 5/16 in.
2. 5/8” outside diameter flat washer under the screw head.
3. The hole diameter in the top sheet is 9/32”. a) Section J.5.4.1 addresses pull-out. The allowable pull-out
4. Distance from center of screw to edge of sheet is 1 in. force is
5. Structure type: building
Rn /Ω = KsDLeFty2 /Ω
REQUIRED: = (1.01)(0.25)(0.06)(23)/3 = 0.12 k
The allowable shear and tension forces for the connection.
b) Section J.5.4.2 addresses pull-over. The allowable pull-
SOLUTION: over force is:
a) Section J.5.5.1 addresses bearing. Since the edge dis- c) Section J.5.4.3 addresses screw tension. The tensile
tance is 1 in. > 0.5 in. = 2(1/4 in.) = 2D, the allowable strength of a 1/4” diameter 7075-T73 machine screw is
bearing force is 2Ftu Dt / Ω. Using Ftu from Table A.3.3, the given in Part VI, Table 5-1 as 1940 lb.
allowable shear for bearing is
Rn / (1.25Ω) = (1940 lb)/(1.25(3)) = 0.52 k
Thickness Ftu 2Ftu Dt /Ω The allowable tension is the least of 0.12, 0.16, and 0.52 k,
Sheet Alloy (in.) (ksi) (k) so the allowable tension is 0.12 k based on pull-out.
1 3003-H16 0.06 24 0.24
Rn / Ω = 4.2 (t23D)1/2Ftu2 / Ω
= 4.2 (0.063 (0.25))1/2(31)/3 = 0.32 k
GIVEN:
1. Symmetric Shape: Aluminum Association standard I 12
x 14.3
d 12” Y
bf 7”
tf 0.62”
tw 0.31” X X
Sx 52.9 in3
Z 58.4 in3
web height h 10.76” = 12” – 2(0.62”)
Y
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
flange area 7(0.62) = 4.34 in2
web area 10.76(0.31) = 3.34 in2
ccw = ctw = 10.76”/2 = 5.38” Section B.5.5.1: Web: b/t = (10.76”)/(0.31”) = 34.7
From Section F.3.1, the weighted average method allowable The neutral axis is located 8.55” – 0.62” = 7.93” below top
moment is: end of web and 10.76” – 7.93” = 2.83” above bottom of
web.
Mnlb ( Fc / Ω) I f ( Fb / Ω) I w
= + co /cc = 2.83/(-7.93) = -0.36, so m = 1.15 +(-0.36)/2 = 0.97.
Ω ccf ccw
(21.2)(281.3) (31.4)(32.2) λ1 = (Bbr – 1.5Fcy)/(mDbr)
= + = 1236 in-k = (66.8 – 1.5(35))/[(0.97)(0.665)] = 22.2 < 34.7 = b/t,
5.69 5.38
λ2 = k1Bbr /(mDbr) = (0.5)(66.8)/0.97/0.665 = 51.8
The allowable moment is the least of the allowable moments
for yielding, rupture, and local buckling, which is 1138 in-k. so Fb / Ω = Bbr / Ω – mDbr (b/t) / Ω
= 66.8/1.65 – 0.97(0.665)(34.7)/1.65 = 26.9 ksi
Unsymmetric Shape: Modified I 12 14.3 (top flange 1”
wide): If = 42.93 + 42.12 = 85.05 in4
ccf = 8.55” – 0.62”/2 = 8.24”
Determine moment of inertia: (Table below)
ctf = 12” – 8.55” = 3.45”
The neutral axis is located (70.96 in3)/(8.3 in2) = 8.55” Iw = 53.9 in4
below the top of the section. ccw = 7.93”
ctw = 2.83”
The section modulus on the top (compression) side is
Sc = I/cc = 139/8.55 = 16.24 in3. From Section F.3.1, the allowable moment is:
Mnlb ( Fc / Ω) If ( F / Ω) Iw
The section modulus on the bottom (tension) side is = ccf + bc
Ω cw
St = I/ct = 139/3.45 = 40.29 in3.
(21.2)(85.05) (26.9)(53.9)
The plastic neutral axis is determined to be located 0.593 = + = 402 in-k
8.24 7.93
in. above the bottom of the shape, and the plastic modulus
Z = 26.15 in3. The allowable moment is the least of the allowable
moments for yielding, rupture, and local buckling, which
Section F.2 addresses yielding and rupture:
is = 402 in-k.
For the limit state of yielding, the allowable moment is the
least of
A y Ay d Ad 2 I Ad 2 + I
bottom flange 4.34 11.69 50.73 3.14 42.79 0.14 42.93
web 3.34 6 20.04 2.55 21.72 32.18 53.9
top flange 0.62 0.31 0.19 8.24 42.10 0.02 42.12
total 8.3 70.96 106.61 32.34 139
VII - 68 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
PART VIII
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2. Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3. Surface Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4. Joining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
9. Valleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
17. Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
18. Rainwater Goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Commentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2. MATERIALS
2.1 ALUMINUM SHEET 2.1.2 Thickness
Sheet thickness shall be sufficient for the intended use,
2.1.1 Alloy and Temper but not less than the minimum nominal thickness listed in
Table 1. The thickness of shingles and proprietary roofing
Sheet shall be 1100, 3003, Alclad 3003, 3004, Alclad systems shall be determined for specific applications on the
3004, 3105, 5005, 5050, or 5052 alloy and H14 or H34 basis of load tests.
temper. Properties shall conform to Aluminum Standards
and Data. 2.1.3 Dimensional Tolerances
Tolerances on sheet dimensions shall conform to
Table 1 Minimum Nominal Sheet Thickness Aluminum Standards and Data.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Sill 0.019 0.50 0.032 0.80 Building paper or roofing felt over well ventilated
Curbs 0.024 0.60 0.032 0.80
Through-Wall
spaces need not be water proof but shall be water repellant
Lintel 0.024 0.60 0.032 0.80 and conform to Federal Specifications UU-B-790A, Type
Spandrel 0.024 0.60 0.032 0.80 I, Grade C or D; HH-R-590A, Type II; or HH-R-595B,
Sill 0.024 0.60 0.032 0.80 Type I or II.
Parapets 0.024 0.60 0.032 0.80
Gravel Stops and Fascia 0.024 0.60 0.032 0.80
Edge Strips 0.024 0.60 0.032 0.80
Building paper and roofing felt that contains additives
Gutters of heavy metals or chemicals corrosive to aluminum shall
Gutters 0.027 0.70 0.032 0.80 not be used.
Continuous Cleats 0.024 0.60 0.032 0.80
Hangers 0.064 1.6 0.080 2.0 Building paper or roofing felt shall have a minimum
Rainwater Goods
Downspouts (Leaders) 0.019 0.50 0.024 0.60
weight of 15 lb (6.8 kg) and shall be overlapped at least 2
Elbows 0.019 0.50 0.024 0.60 in. (50 mm) so as to shed water and shall be secured along
Leader Heads 0.024 0.60 0.032 0.80 the laps with large flat headed aluminum nails spaced no
Clips 0.040 1.0 0.064 1.6 farther than 6 in. (150 mm) on centers.
Straps 0.040 1.0 0.064 1.6
Valley 0.019 0.50 0.032 0.80
Snow, Eave 0.024 0.60 0.032 0.80
Expansion Joint, Building 0.032 0.80
3. SURFACE PREPARATION
4. JOINING
4.1 MECHANICAL JOINTS for the temperature of the metal at the time of installation,
whichever is greater.
Mechanical seams and joints for aluminum shall be the
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
same as those used for other sheet metals. Lap and lock The installer shall account for the metal temperature at
seams shall not be riveted or otherwise fastened together to the time of installation and leave adequate allowance for
restrict relative movement unless such seams are designed expansion and contraction.
to transfer movement to a different location.
4.2 SOLDERING
End joints of formed sheet members such as ridge, hip,
valley, gable or rake strips, battens, aprons, gravel stops, Aluminum shall not be soldered.
coping and cap flashing shall not be riveted or fastened
together to restrict movement. Simple laps shall not be 4.3 BRAZING
used unless the slope is sufficient to provide drainage and
Brazing shall be done in the shop and flux residue shall
flat widths are less than 8 in. (200 mm). For flashing with
be completely removed.
flat widths over 8 in. (200 mm) or surfaces with slopes less
than 3 in 12 (1:4), sealant filled controlled slip joints shall
be used. Joints shall allow for thermal movement of 0.125 4.4 WELDING
in. (3 mm) or that determined for the application allowing Welding shall comply with AWS D1.2.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(See Figure 2). Ridges and hips shall be provided with
(See Figure 2). Where seams finish back from eave
standing seams constructed as for the main roof. Where
edges, the lower edge of the roofing shall engage a previ-
standing seams of the main roof terminate at ridges or hips
ously placed apron strip. The connection between the roof
they shall be laid flat and folded into ridge or hip standing
sheets and the upper edge of the apron strip shall be as
seams. Standing seams on opposite sides of ridges or hips
described in 5.3. The lower edge of the apron strip shall be
shall be staggered to avoid excessive thicknesses of metal
hooked over a previously placed edge strip as previously
in the ridge or hip standing seam.
described.
5.7 VALLEYS 5.9 GABLE RAKES
Valleys shall be formed from aluminum sheets not (See Figure 2). Side edges of roof sheets at gable rakes
exceeding 10 ft (3 m) in length of the same nominal thick- shall finish over an edge strip as described in Section 5.8
ness and alloy as used for the roof sheets. Each sheet shall or shall turn up 1.5 in. (38 mm) and be locked into an alu-
lap the lower one at least 6 in. (150 mm) in the direction of minum fascia strip forming a standing seam 1 in. (25 mm)
drainage. The valley sheet shall extend at least 6 in. (150 high. Where the standing seam finishes at the roof edge,
mm) under the roof sheets on both sides. At the valley line the lower edge of the fascia strip shall be hooked 0.75 in.
adjacent to the lower edge of the roof sheets, a 0.75 in. (20 (20 mm) over a previously placed continuous edge strip
mm) double fold shall be made to engage a 0.75 in. (20 that is secured to the deck with aluminum nails spaced no
mm) single fold at the lower ends of the roof sheets. The more than 4 in. (100 mm) apart.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and locked into tabs 0.5 in. (12 mm) long on the top and
not exceed 20 in. (500 mm) and 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) when two vertical sides of the cap. The tabs shall be 0.5 in. (12
the distance between battens is from 20 in. (500 mm) to 27 mm) extensions of the cover strip and vertical legs of the
in. (700 mm). To allow for expansion, sheet width shall be roof sheets.
0.125 in. (3 mm) less than the clear distance between the
battens. Sides of sheets shall be turned up the height of the
6.7 HIPS AND RIDGES
batten and terminate in a 0.5 in. (12 mm) horizontal flange.
(See Figure 3). Hips and ridges shall be aluminum cov-
6.4 TRANSVERSE SEAMS ered battens similar to the roof battens. At their intersec-
tion with ridge or hip battens, the edges of roof sheets shall
6.4.1 (See Figures 1 and 3). For roofs with slopes 6 be turned up the height of the ridge or hip batten and termi-
in 12 (1:2) or greater, the lower end of each sheet shall nate in a 0.5 in. (12 mm) horizontal flange. Cover strips,
be folded under 0.75 in. (20 mm). The fold shall be slit as specified for the roof battens, shall be installed over hip
1 in. (25 mm) away from the corner to form a tab where and ridge battens. Alternate methods of finishing hips and
the sheet turns up against the batten. The upper end of ridges shall be as shown in the detail drawings.
each sheet shall be folded over 2 in. (50 mm). The 0.75 in.
(20 mm) fold on the lower end of the upper sheet shall be
6.8 VALLEYS
hooked into the 2 in. (50 mm) fold on the upper end of the
underlying sheet. Transverse seams shall be staggered a (See Figure 3). Valleys shall be formed from aluminum
distance of one half the sheet length in adjacent roof sheets. sheets no longer than 10 ft (3 m) of the same gauge and
alloy as used for the roof sheets. At laps, the uphill valley
6.4.2 (See Figures 1 and 3). For roofs with slopes at sheet shall overlap the downhill valley sheet at least 6 in.
least 3 in 12 (1:4) but less than 6 in 12 (1:2), the lower (150 mm). Each valley sheet shall extend under the roof
end of each sheet shall be folded under 0.75 in. (20 mm). sheets at least 6 in. (150 mm). At the valley adjacent to the
The fold shall be slit 1 in. (25 mm) away from the corner lower edge of the roof sheets, a 0.75 in. (20 mm) double
to form a tab where the sheet turns up against the batten. fold shall be made to engage a 0.75 in. (20 mm) single fold
The upper end of each sheet shall be folded over 0.5 in. (12 at the lower ends of the roof sheets. The outer edge of the
mm). A 1.5 in. (38 mm) wide locking strip the full width valley sheets shall be folded 0.5 in. (12 mm) for cleating
of the sheet shall be secured at least 4 in. (100 mm) below and in these folds cleats shall be spaced no more than 24
the top folded edge by rivets spaced not more than 6 in. in. (600 mm) on centers. The under edge of wood battens
(150 mm) apart. The 0.75 in. (20 mm) fold on the lower shall be notched to permit the folded edge of valley sheets
end of the upper sheet shall hook into the locking strip on to pass under the battens. Valley sheets shall be nailed
the upper end of the underlying sheet. Alternately, trans- along the top edge only.
verse seams shall be made as specified in Section 6.4.1 and
filling the seams with sealant. Transverse seams shall be
staggered a distance of one half the sheet length in adjacent
roof sheets.
VIII-12 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
8.1.3 Flashing Where Sloping Roof 8.3 HIP AND RIDGE FLASHING
Meets Vertical Wall (See Figure 5). Hip and ridge flashings shall be formed
(See Figure 4). Where sloping roofs meet vertical walls from sheets not longer than 10 ft (3 m) and ends of adja-
the flashing shall extend up the wall at least 4 in. (100 mm) cent lengths shall lap at least 4 in. (100 mm). The flashing
under the siding and be secured to the sheathing along its shall be fastened on both side flanges by aluminum screws
upper edge with aluminum nails spaced no further apart spaced no farther apart than 24 in. (600 mm). Screws shall
than 24 in. (600 mm). At masonry walls, the flashing shall be provided with washers having neoprene gaskets under
extend up the wall face at least 4 in. (100 mm) and be coun- the heads.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
VIII-17
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
VIII-22 --`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
January 2015
16.1 FLAT SEAM COPING COVERS (See Figure 10). Where the height of the coping above
the roof deck is less than 6 in. (150 mm), a one-piece com-
Flat seam coping covers shall be formed of sheets not bination coping cover and base flashing shall be installed.
longer than 10 ft (3 m), joined by 1 in. (25 mm) loose lock The inner edge of the flashing shall extend onto the previ-
seams that are filled with sealant. ously placed built-up roofing 4 in. (100 mm) and shall be
nailed along its outer edge with aluminum nails spaced no
(See Figure 10). On stone copings where the cover- more than 3 in. (75 mm) apart. The horizontal flange shall
ing extends down over the front face of the stone, the alu- then be stripped into the built-up roofing. Where the height
minum sheet shall hook 0.75 in. (20 mm) over a continu- of the coping above the roof deck is more than 6 in. (150
ous edge strip made of 8 or 10 ft (2.5 or 3 m) lengths of mm), the inner edge of the coping cover shall lock into the
aluminum. Edge strips shall be secured with aluminum aluminum base flashing or be secured by cleats not more
screws in expansion sleeves spaced no farther than 10 in. than 2 ft (0.6 m) apart.
(250 mm) apart. Ends of adjacent lengths shall lap at least
1 in. (25 mm).
16.2 STANDING SEAM COPING COVERS
(See Figure 10). Where the covering does not extend (See Figure 10). Standing seam coping covers shall be
over the front face a separate continuous locking strip of formed from sheets not longer than 10 ft (3 m). Ends of
aluminum shall be secured into a reglet in the stone with sheets shall be connected by a single fold standing seam
aluminum wedges, or aluminum screws in expansion finishing at least 1.25 in. (32 mm) high. The tab at the ends
sleeves, and the reglet filled with sealant. Ends of adjacent of standing seams shall be folded over to close the ends of
lengths of locking strip shall lap at least 2 in. (50 mm). The seams. Front and rear sides of the aluminum coping shall
aluminum covering shall engage the locking strip with a extend down over the edge of the masonry at least 2 in. (50
0.75 in. (20 mm) loose lock seam. The inner edge of the mm). The lower edges shall be bent out to form a drip and
coping shall lock into the aluminum base flashing or be hook over continuous edge strips. Edge strips, in 8 or 10 ft
secured by cleats spaced not more than 2 ft (0.6 m) apart. (2.5 or 3 m) lengths, shall be attached to the inner and outer
Cleats shall be secured to the stone coping with two alumi- faces of the wood plate with aluminum nails spaced no
num screws in expansion sleeves. more than 4 in. (100 mm) apart. Edge strips shall extend
over the top of the wood plate at least 2 in. (50 mm).
(See Figure 10). Walls topped with wood plate shall
have a continuous edge strip, made of 8 or 10 ft (2.5 or 3 16.3 EXTRUDED COPING COVERS
m) long lengths of aluminum , secured along the front edge
Extruded coping covers shall be of the size and shape
with aluminum nails spaced no farther than 4 in. (100 mm)
shown on the drawings. Installation shall be in accordance
apart. The coping cover shall be hooked over the edge strip
with manufacturer's specifications.
with a 0.75 in. (20 mm) loose lock seam. The inner edge
of the aluminum coping shall lock into the top of the alu-
minum base flashing with a 0.75 in. (20 mm) loose lock
seam. Where aluminum base flashing is not provided, the
coping shall hook over an edge strip as specified for the
front edge, or, alternately, it shall be secured by aluminum
cleats spaced no more than 2 ft (0.6 m) apart. Cleats shall
be secured to the wood plate with two aluminum nails.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
apart. Ends of gutter sections shall be joined in a separate
S lock or, alternately, the ends shall lap at least 3 in. (75 18.4 LEADERS
mm) in the direction of flow, be riveted and the joint cov-
Leaders or downspouts shall be of the size and shape
ered with sealant. Gutters shall slope at least 1/16 in. per ft
shown on the drawings. End joints shall telescope at least
(1:192) toward leaders. Expansion joints shall be provided
1.5 in. (38 mm) and longitudinal joints shall be locked. All
on long straight runs at spacings not greater than 50 ft (15
necessary elbows, offsets, and other fittings shall be pro-
m) and at inside and outside corners at spacings not greater
vided.
than 20 ft (6 m).
18.5 LEADER STRAPS
18.2 OUTLET TUBES
Leader straps shall hold leaders clear of the wall.
(See Figure 11). Outlet tubes shall be of the size and
Leader straps shall be spaced as shown on the drawings,
shape required to fit the gutter. They shall be located as
but not more than 10 ft (3 m) apart. They shall be securely
shown on the drawings, but at spacings not more than 50
attached to the wall with aluminum fasteners and shall grip
ft (15 m). Holes shall be provided in the gutter bottom
the leader securely by means of punched prongs, screws,
through which the outlet shall extend. The flanges formed
rivets, or other mechanical fasteners.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0.040", or 0.050" thick. recommendations. Subgirts shall be made of steel or alu-
minum and of sufficient strength to resist the applied dead
20.2 FASTENERS and wind loads applied through the face sheet. Steel mem-
bers shall be galvanized or painted in accordance with the
Liner Sheets shall be fastened to structural supports with Specification for Aluminum Structures such that a barrier is
non-corrosive screws in accordance with manufacturer’s created between the aluminum steel mating surfaces. Sub-
recommendations. Care should be taken to avoid dissimi- girt fasteners shall run through the liner lips into the build-
lar metal (galvanic action) contact between the supports ing support substrate.
and the aluminum liner. Refer to the Aluminum Associa-
tion Specification for Aluminum Structures, Section M.7.
20.5 LOADS
20.3 INSULATION Aluminum face sheets shall be designed to resist applied
wind loads. Fasteners shall be applied through the profile
Insulation shall be placed in the cavity of the liner sheet. cells resting against the subgirt for maximum mechanical
Insulation materials shall not be corrosive to the liner, sub- clamping force.
girts, or face sheet.
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
strength of tapping screw connections is addressed in the tures, Table M.9.1 for MIG and TIG welds.
Aluminum Design Manual, Specification for Aluminum
Structures, Section J.5. 5.1 Standing seam roofs with slopes less than 3 in 12
(1:4) require special precautions in design and installation
3.2 Indoors under dry conditions, galvanic corrosion of to ensure leaktightness.
aluminum will not occur and therefore aluminum may be
used in contact with any metal commonly used in build- 5.3 Standing seam roofing is best installed over wood
ings. decks since the cleats used to secure the aluminum roofing
are nailed directly to the deck. If decks other than wood
Outdoors and indoors where moisture is present gal- are used, properly located nailers should be incorporated
vanic corrosion may occur. Galvanic corrosion between in the deck.
aluminum and zinc, stainless steel, monel, or lead is insig-
nificant. Between aluminum and iron or steel, such corro- When standing seams are formed or finished in the field
sion is very slow and can be prevented readily by painting the cleats become rigidly locked into the multiple folds of
the iron or steel with a good quality exterior grade primer the seam; slippage does not occur between standing seam
and top coat or bituminous paint. Galvanic corrosion roof sheets and the cleats that are secured to the deck. Long
between aluminum and galvanized steel is insignificant, runs of roofing may eventually loosen the nails in the deck.
but once the zinc is consumed, steel will rust which may Where runs of standing seam roofing over 30 ft (9 m) are
cause staining. In severe industrial environments this can unavoidable, expansion or sliding cleats should be used.
happen in a short time and painting may be required.
6.1 Batten seam roofs with slopes less than 3 in 12 (1:4)
Highly corrosive environments such as those on the sea- require special precautions in design and installation to
coast and around industrial plants may promote galvanic ensure leaktightness.
corrosion even though aluminum by itself has good corro-
sion resistance. Consult specialists in such cases. 6.3 The size and spacing of battens may vary within
reasonable limits to suit architectural style, scale of build-
3.3 Kiln dried lumber, impregnated against decay, is ings, and width of sheets.
recommended for sheathing, cant strips, coping blocks,
and fascia boards. Preservatives that are compatible with 18.1 Alclad sheet is recommended for gutters, espe-
aluminum are coal tar creosote, coal tar oil, chlorinated cially in corrosive environments.
naphthalenes, zinc naphthenate, pentachloroxide, and
orthophenylphenol. Other preservatives may be used but 18.4 Leaders should be formed in lengths at least 10 ft
assurance should be obtained from the manufacturer that (3 m) long where possible.
they are not harmful to aluminum.
Appendix 1
SI Guide
Table A.1
SI Conversion Factors
Quantity Multiply By To obtain
Length inch in. 25.400 millimeter mm
foot ft 0.3048 meter m
mile mi 1.609 kilometer km
January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- Appendix I-3
Density pound per cubic foot lb/ft3 16.0185 kilogram per cubic meter kg/m3
kilogram per cubic kg/m 3
0.06243 pound per cubic foot lb/ft3
meter
106 mega M
103 kilo k
102 hectoa h
101 dekaa da
10-1 decia d
10-2 centia c
10-3 milli m
10-6 micro µ
10-9 nano n
10-12 pico p
10-15 femto f
10-18 atto a
a: not recommended
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Index
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Index - 4
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- January 2015
--`,,,,,,,`,````,``,`,`,,`,````,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
crippling example, VII-11, 64
examples of shear checks, VII-48, 49, 51
longitudinal stiffeners for, I-38, VII-49
shear in stiffened webs, I-51
shear in unstiffened webs, I-51
transverse stiffeners for, I-51, VII-34
weighted average strengths
axial compression, I-45
bending, I-46, VII-68
weights, V-6
weld-affected zone, I-19
welding:
beams, see beams, welded
columns, see columns, welded
corners, II-54
fabrication, I-68, II-52
filler wire, I-30, 69, 70
fillet welds, I-56, II-53, VI-86
groove welds, I-56, VI-84-85
inspection, I-68, II-57
lap joints, II-55
plug and slot welds, I-57
post-weld heat treating, I-58, II-44
stud welds, I-57
wide flange sections, V-13, 14, 17
wind load, I-66, II-50, VII-55
wood, I-67, II-52
zees, V-27